1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Symbol table lookup for the GNU debugger, GDB.
|
2002-01-17 22:15:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Copyright 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994,
|
|
|
|
|
1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software
|
|
|
|
|
Foundation, Inc.
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
This file is part of GDB.
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
|
|
|
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
|
|
|
|
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
|
|
|
|
(at your option) any later version.
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
|
|
|
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
|
|
|
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
|
|
|
|
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
|
|
|
|
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
|
|
|
|
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
|
|
|
|
|
Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#include "defs.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "symtab.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "gdbtypes.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "gdbcore.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "frame.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "target.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "value.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "symfile.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "objfiles.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "gdbcmd.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "call-cmds.h"
|
2000-04-04 02:08:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#include "gdb_regex.h"
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#include "expression.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "language.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "demangle.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "inferior.h"
|
2000-11-30 Fernando Nasser <fnasser@redhat.com>
* linespec.h: New file. Declarations for linespec.c.
* linespec.c, alpha-tdep.c, breakpoint.c, parse.c, source.c,
symtab.c, tracepoint.c: Include the above.
* completer.c: New file. Line completion stuff for GDB.
(get_gdb_completer_word_break_characters,
get_gdb_completer_quote_characters): New functions. Accessors for
useful completer internal data.
(filename_completer, line_completion_function, skip_quoted): Moved
here from top.c.
* completer.h: New file. Declarations for the above.
* linespec.c (decode_line_1): Use
get_gdb_completer_word_break_characters and
get_gdb_completer_quote_characters.
* top.c: Include completer.h.
(filename_completer, line_completion_function, skip_quoted):
Moved to completer.c.
* corefile.c, exec.c, source.c, symfile.c, linespec.c: Include
completer.h.
* Makefile.in (SFILES): Add completer.c.
(COMMON_OBS): Add completer.o.
(completer.o): New target.
(linespec.o, alpha-tdep.o, breakpoint.o, parse.o, source.o,
symtab.o, tracepoint.o): Add linespec.h to dependencies list.
(corefile.o, exec.o, source.o, symfile.o, linespec.o): Add completer.h
to dependencies list.
2000-12-01 00:43:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#include "linespec.h"
|
2001-05-06 06:07:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#include "filenames.h" /* for FILENAME_CMP */
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#include "obstack.h"
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#include <sys/types.h>
|
|
|
|
|
#include <fcntl.h>
|
|
|
|
|
#include "gdb_string.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "gdb_stat.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include <ctype.h>
|
(Changes from Daniel Berlin, with revisions by Jim Blandy.)
Abstract out operations specific to particular C++ ABI's, and
invoke them through a function table. This removes the C++ ABI
dependencies scattered throughout the code, and allows us to
cleanly add support for new C++ ABI's.
* cp-abi.h, cp-abi.h, gnu-v2-abi.c, hpacc-abi.c: New files.
* c-typeprint.c, c-valprint.c, dbxread.c, eval.c, gdbtypes.c,
jv-typeprint.c, linespec.c, symtab.c, typeprint.c, valops.c:
#include "cp-abi.h". These files all use functions now declared
there.
* symtab.h (OPNAME_PREFIX_P, VTBL_PREFIX_P, DESTRUCTOR_PREFIX_P):
Deleted. These services are now provided by functions declared in
cp-abi.h.
* value.h (value_rtti_type, value_virtual_fn_field): Same.
* values.c (value_virtual_fn_field): Same, for this definition.
* valops.c (value_rtti_type): Same.
* c-typeprint.c (c_type_print_base): Use the functions from
"cp-abi.h", instead of the old macros, or hard-coded ABI-specific
tests.
* dbxread.c (record_minimal_symbol): Same.
* gdbtypes.c (get_destructor_fn_field, virtual_base_index,
virtual_base_index_skip_primaries): Same.
* jv-typeprint.c (java_type_print_base): Same.
* linespec.c (find_methods, decode_line_1): Same.
* symtab.c (gdb_mangle_name): Same.
* Makefile.in (SFILES): Add the new .c files mentioned above.
(cp_abi_h): New variable.
(COMMON_OBS): Add gnu-v2-abi.o, hpacc-abi.o, and cp-abi.o.
(cp-abi.o, gnu-v2-abi.o, hpacc-abi.o): New targets.
(c-typeprint.o, c-valprint.o, dbxread.o, eval.o, gdbtypes.o,
jv-typeprint.o, symtab.o, linespec.o, typeprint.o, valops.o): Add
dependency on $(cp_abi_h).
2001-04-27 00:19:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#include "cp-abi.h"
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Prototype for one function in parser-defs.h,
|
|
|
|
|
instead of including that entire file. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-28 01:12:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
extern char *find_template_name_end (char *);
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Prototypes for local functions */
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-28 01:12:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
static void completion_list_add_name (char *, char *, int, char *, char *);
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-28 01:12:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
static void rbreak_command (char *, int);
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-28 01:12:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
static void types_info (char *, int);
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-28 01:12:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
static void functions_info (char *, int);
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-28 01:12:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
static void variables_info (char *, int);
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-28 01:12:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
static void sources_info (char *, int);
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-28 01:12:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
static void output_source_filename (char *, int *);
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-28 01:12:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
static int find_line_common (struct linetable *, int, int *);
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-11-10 23:02:56 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* This one is used by linespec.c */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
char *operator_chars (char *p, char **end);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-06-14 00:59:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
static struct partial_symbol *lookup_partial_symbol (struct partial_symtab *,
|
|
|
|
|
const char *, int,
|
|
|
|
|
namespace_enum);
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-03-22 18:57:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
static struct symbol *lookup_symbol_aux (const char *name,
|
|
|
|
|
const char *mangled_name,
|
|
|
|
|
const struct block *block,
|
|
|
|
|
const namespace_enum namespace,
|
|
|
|
|
int *is_a_field_of_this,
|
|
|
|
|
struct symtab **symtab);
|
2000-10-12 16:53:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-28 01:12:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
static struct symbol *find_active_alias (struct symbol *sym, CORE_ADDR addr);
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* This flag is used in hppa-tdep.c, and set in hp-symtab-read.c */
|
|
|
|
|
/* Signals the presence of objects compiled by HP compilers */
|
|
|
|
|
int hp_som_som_object_present = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-28 01:12:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
static void fixup_section (struct general_symbol_info *, struct objfile *);
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-28 01:12:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
static int file_matches (char *, char **, int);
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-28 01:12:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
static void print_symbol_info (namespace_enum,
|
|
|
|
|
struct symtab *, struct symbol *, int, char *);
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-28 01:12:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
static void print_msymbol_info (struct minimal_symbol *);
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-28 01:12:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
static void symtab_symbol_info (char *, namespace_enum, int);
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-28 01:12:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
static void overload_list_add_symbol (struct symbol *sym, char *oload_name);
|
1999-05-25 18:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-28 01:12:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
void _initialize_symtab (void);
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* The single non-language-specific builtin type */
|
|
|
|
|
struct type *builtin_type_error;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Block in which the most recently searched-for symbol was found.
|
|
|
|
|
Might be better to make this a parameter to lookup_symbol and
|
|
|
|
|
value_of_this. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const struct block *block_found;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* While the C++ support is still in flux, issue a possibly helpful hint on
|
|
|
|
|
using the new command completion feature on single quoted demangled C++
|
|
|
|
|
symbols. Remove when loose ends are cleaned up. FIXME -fnf */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
2000-07-30 01:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
cplusplus_hint (char *name)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
while (*name == '\'')
|
|
|
|
|
name++;
|
|
|
|
|
printf_filtered ("Hint: try '%s<TAB> or '%s<ESC-?>\n", name, name);
|
|
|
|
|
printf_filtered ("(Note leading single quote.)\n");
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Check for a symtab of a specific name; first in symtabs, then in
|
|
|
|
|
psymtabs. *If* there is no '/' in the name, a match after a '/'
|
|
|
|
|
in the symtab filename will also work. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-10-12 03:38:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
struct symtab *
|
|
|
|
|
lookup_symtab (const char *name)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register struct symtab *s;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct partial_symtab *ps;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct objfile *objfile;
|
2001-12-21 22:32:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
char *real_path = NULL;
|
2002-04-05 16:42:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
char *full_path = NULL;
|
2001-12-21 22:32:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Here we are interested in canonicalizing an absolute path, not
|
|
|
|
|
absolutizing a relative path. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (name))
|
2002-04-05 16:42:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
full_path = xfullpath (name);
|
|
|
|
|
make_cleanup (xfree, full_path);
|
|
|
|
|
real_path = gdb_realpath (name);
|
|
|
|
|
make_cleanup (xfree, real_path);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
got_symtab:
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* First, search for an exact match */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
|
2001-12-21 22:32:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
2001-05-06 06:07:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (FILENAME_CMP (name, s->filename) == 0)
|
2001-12-21 22:32:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return s;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2002-04-05 16:42:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-12-21 22:32:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* If the user gave us an absolute path, try to find the file in
|
|
|
|
|
this symtab and use its absolute path. */
|
2002-04-05 16:42:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (full_path != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
const char *fp = symtab_to_filename (s);
|
|
|
|
|
if (FILENAME_CMP (full_path, fp) == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return s;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-12-21 22:32:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (real_path != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-04-05 16:42:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
const char *rp = gdb_realpath (symtab_to_filename (s));
|
|
|
|
|
make_cleanup (xfree, rp);
|
2001-12-21 22:32:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (FILENAME_CMP (real_path, rp) == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return s;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Now, search for a matching tail (only if name doesn't have any dirs) */
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-05-14 18:49:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (lbasename (name) == name)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
2001-06-13 18:30:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (FILENAME_CMP (lbasename (s->filename), name) == 0)
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return s;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Same search rules as above apply here, but now we look thru the
|
|
|
|
|
psymtabs. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ps = lookup_partial_symtab (name);
|
|
|
|
|
if (!ps)
|
|
|
|
|
return (NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (ps->readin)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
error ("Internal: readin %s pst for `%s' found when no symtab found.",
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
ps->filename, name);
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
s = PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB (ps);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (s)
|
|
|
|
|
return s;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* At this point, we have located the psymtab for this file, but
|
|
|
|
|
the conversion to a symtab has failed. This usually happens
|
|
|
|
|
when we are looking up an include file. In this case,
|
|
|
|
|
PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB doesn't return a symtab, even though one has
|
|
|
|
|
been created. So, we need to run through the symtabs again in
|
|
|
|
|
order to find the file.
|
|
|
|
|
XXX - This is a crock, and should be fixed inside of the the
|
|
|
|
|
symbol parsing routines. */
|
|
|
|
|
goto got_symtab;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Lookup the partial symbol table of a source file named NAME.
|
|
|
|
|
*If* there is no '/' in the name, a match after a '/'
|
|
|
|
|
in the psymtab filename will also work. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct partial_symtab *
|
2001-06-12 15:03:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
lookup_partial_symtab (const char *name)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register struct partial_symtab *pst;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct objfile *objfile;
|
2002-04-05 16:42:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
char *full_path = NULL;
|
2001-12-21 22:32:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
char *real_path = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Here we are interested in canonicalizing an absolute path, not
|
|
|
|
|
absolutizing a relative path. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (name))
|
2002-04-05 16:42:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
full_path = xfullpath (name);
|
|
|
|
|
make_cleanup (xfree, full_path);
|
|
|
|
|
real_path = gdb_realpath (name);
|
|
|
|
|
make_cleanup (xfree, real_path);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
ALL_PSYMTABS (objfile, pst)
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
2001-05-06 06:07:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (FILENAME_CMP (name, pst->filename) == 0)
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return (pst);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2002-04-05 16:42:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-12-21 22:32:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* If the user gave us an absolute path, try to find the file in
|
|
|
|
|
this symtab and use its absolute path. */
|
2002-04-05 16:42:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (full_path != NULL)
|
2001-12-21 22:32:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (pst->fullname == NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
source_full_path_of (pst->filename, &pst->fullname);
|
|
|
|
|
if (pst->fullname != NULL
|
2002-04-05 16:42:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
&& FILENAME_CMP (full_path, pst->fullname) == 0)
|
2001-12-21 22:32:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return pst;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-04-05 16:42:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (real_path != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
char *rp = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
if (pst->fullname == NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
source_full_path_of (pst->filename, &pst->fullname);
|
|
|
|
|
if (pst->fullname != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rp = gdb_realpath (pst->fullname);
|
|
|
|
|
make_cleanup (xfree, rp);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (rp != NULL && FILENAME_CMP (real_path, rp) == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return pst;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2001-12-21 22:32:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Now, search for a matching tail (only if name doesn't have any dirs) */
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-05-14 18:49:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (lbasename (name) == name)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
ALL_PSYMTABS (objfile, pst)
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
2001-06-13 18:30:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (FILENAME_CMP (lbasename (pst->filename), name) == 0)
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return (pst);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Mangle a GDB method stub type. This actually reassembles the pieces of the
|
|
|
|
|
full method name, which consist of the class name (from T), the unadorned
|
|
|
|
|
method name from METHOD_ID, and the signature for the specific overload,
|
|
|
|
|
specified by SIGNATURE_ID. Note that this function is g++ specific. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
char *
|
2000-07-30 01:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
gdb_mangle_name (struct type *type, int method_id, int signature_id)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int mangled_name_len;
|
|
|
|
|
char *mangled_name;
|
|
|
|
|
struct fn_field *f = TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST1 (type, method_id);
|
|
|
|
|
struct fn_field *method = &f[signature_id];
|
|
|
|
|
char *field_name = TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST_NAME (type, method_id);
|
|
|
|
|
char *physname = TYPE_FN_FIELD_PHYSNAME (f, signature_id);
|
|
|
|
|
char *newname = type_name_no_tag (type);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Does the form of physname indicate that it is the full mangled name
|
|
|
|
|
of a constructor (not just the args)? */
|
|
|
|
|
int is_full_physname_constructor;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int is_constructor;
|
(Changes from Daniel Berlin, with revisions by Jim Blandy.)
Abstract out operations specific to particular C++ ABI's, and
invoke them through a function table. This removes the C++ ABI
dependencies scattered throughout the code, and allows us to
cleanly add support for new C++ ABI's.
* cp-abi.h, cp-abi.h, gnu-v2-abi.c, hpacc-abi.c: New files.
* c-typeprint.c, c-valprint.c, dbxread.c, eval.c, gdbtypes.c,
jv-typeprint.c, linespec.c, symtab.c, typeprint.c, valops.c:
#include "cp-abi.h". These files all use functions now declared
there.
* symtab.h (OPNAME_PREFIX_P, VTBL_PREFIX_P, DESTRUCTOR_PREFIX_P):
Deleted. These services are now provided by functions declared in
cp-abi.h.
* value.h (value_rtti_type, value_virtual_fn_field): Same.
* values.c (value_virtual_fn_field): Same, for this definition.
* valops.c (value_rtti_type): Same.
* c-typeprint.c (c_type_print_base): Use the functions from
"cp-abi.h", instead of the old macros, or hard-coded ABI-specific
tests.
* dbxread.c (record_minimal_symbol): Same.
* gdbtypes.c (get_destructor_fn_field, virtual_base_index,
virtual_base_index_skip_primaries): Same.
* jv-typeprint.c (java_type_print_base): Same.
* linespec.c (find_methods, decode_line_1): Same.
* symtab.c (gdb_mangle_name): Same.
* Makefile.in (SFILES): Add the new .c files mentioned above.
(cp_abi_h): New variable.
(COMMON_OBS): Add gnu-v2-abi.o, hpacc-abi.o, and cp-abi.o.
(cp-abi.o, gnu-v2-abi.o, hpacc-abi.o): New targets.
(c-typeprint.o, c-valprint.o, dbxread.o, eval.o, gdbtypes.o,
jv-typeprint.o, symtab.o, linespec.o, typeprint.o, valops.o): Add
dependency on $(cp_abi_h).
2001-04-27 00:19:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
int is_destructor = is_destructor_name (physname);
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Need a new type prefix. */
|
|
|
|
|
char *const_prefix = method->is_const ? "C" : "";
|
|
|
|
|
char *volatile_prefix = method->is_volatile ? "V" : "";
|
|
|
|
|
char buf[20];
|
|
|
|
|
int len = (newname == NULL ? 0 : strlen (newname));
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-27 18:22:24 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Nothing to do if physname already contains a fully mangled v3 abi name
|
|
|
|
|
or an operator name. */
|
|
|
|
|
if ((physname[0] == '_' && physname[1] == 'Z')
|
|
|
|
|
|| is_operator_name (field_name))
|
2000-10-12 19:34:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return xstrdup (physname);
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Changes from Daniel Berlin, with revisions by Jim Blandy.)
Abstract out operations specific to particular C++ ABI's, and
invoke them through a function table. This removes the C++ ABI
dependencies scattered throughout the code, and allows us to
cleanly add support for new C++ ABI's.
* cp-abi.h, cp-abi.h, gnu-v2-abi.c, hpacc-abi.c: New files.
* c-typeprint.c, c-valprint.c, dbxread.c, eval.c, gdbtypes.c,
jv-typeprint.c, linespec.c, symtab.c, typeprint.c, valops.c:
#include "cp-abi.h". These files all use functions now declared
there.
* symtab.h (OPNAME_PREFIX_P, VTBL_PREFIX_P, DESTRUCTOR_PREFIX_P):
Deleted. These services are now provided by functions declared in
cp-abi.h.
* value.h (value_rtti_type, value_virtual_fn_field): Same.
* values.c (value_virtual_fn_field): Same, for this definition.
* valops.c (value_rtti_type): Same.
* c-typeprint.c (c_type_print_base): Use the functions from
"cp-abi.h", instead of the old macros, or hard-coded ABI-specific
tests.
* dbxread.c (record_minimal_symbol): Same.
* gdbtypes.c (get_destructor_fn_field, virtual_base_index,
virtual_base_index_skip_primaries): Same.
* jv-typeprint.c (java_type_print_base): Same.
* linespec.c (find_methods, decode_line_1): Same.
* symtab.c (gdb_mangle_name): Same.
* Makefile.in (SFILES): Add the new .c files mentioned above.
(cp_abi_h): New variable.
(COMMON_OBS): Add gnu-v2-abi.o, hpacc-abi.o, and cp-abi.o.
(cp-abi.o, gnu-v2-abi.o, hpacc-abi.o): New targets.
(c-typeprint.o, c-valprint.o, dbxread.o, eval.o, gdbtypes.o,
jv-typeprint.o, symtab.o, linespec.o, typeprint.o, valops.o): Add
dependency on $(cp_abi_h).
2001-04-27 00:19:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
is_full_physname_constructor = is_constructor_name (physname);
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
is_constructor =
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
is_full_physname_constructor || (newname && STREQ (field_name, newname));
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!is_destructor)
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
is_destructor = (strncmp (physname, "__dt", 4) == 0);
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (is_destructor || is_full_physname_constructor)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
mangled_name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (physname) + 1);
|
|
|
|
|
strcpy (mangled_name, physname);
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return mangled_name;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (len == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
sprintf (buf, "__%s%s", const_prefix, volatile_prefix);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else if (physname[0] == 't' || physname[0] == 'Q')
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* The physname for template and qualified methods already includes
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
the class name. */
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
sprintf (buf, "__%s%s", const_prefix, volatile_prefix);
|
|
|
|
|
newname = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
len = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
sprintf (buf, "__%s%s%d", const_prefix, volatile_prefix, len);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
mangled_name_len = ((is_constructor ? 0 : strlen (field_name))
|
2000-10-12 19:34:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+ strlen (buf) + len + strlen (physname) + 1);
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
mangled_name = (char *) xmalloc (mangled_name_len);
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (is_constructor)
|
|
|
|
|
mangled_name[0] = '\0';
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
strcpy (mangled_name, field_name);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
strcat (mangled_name, buf);
|
|
|
|
|
/* If the class doesn't have a name, i.e. newname NULL, then we just
|
|
|
|
|
mangle it using 0 for the length of the class. Thus it gets mangled
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
as something starting with `::' rather than `classname::'. */
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (newname != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
strcat (mangled_name, newname);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
strcat (mangled_name, physname);
|
|
|
|
|
return (mangled_name);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2002-03-27 23:10:24 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Initialize a symbol's mangled name. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Try to initialize the demangled name for a symbol, based on the
|
|
|
|
|
language of that symbol. If the language is set to language_auto,
|
|
|
|
|
it will attempt to find any demangling algorithm that works and
|
|
|
|
|
then set the language appropriately. If no demangling of any kind
|
|
|
|
|
is found, the language is set back to language_unknown, so we can
|
|
|
|
|
avoid doing this work again the next time we encounter the symbol.
|
|
|
|
|
Any required space to store the name is obtained from the specified
|
|
|
|
|
obstack. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
symbol_init_demangled_name (struct general_symbol_info *gsymbol,
|
|
|
|
|
struct obstack *obstack)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
char *mangled = gsymbol->name;
|
|
|
|
|
char *demangled = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (gsymbol->language == language_unknown)
|
|
|
|
|
gsymbol->language = language_auto;
|
|
|
|
|
if (gsymbol->language == language_cplus
|
|
|
|
|
|| gsymbol->language == language_auto)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
demangled =
|
|
|
|
|
cplus_demangle (gsymbol->name, DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI);
|
|
|
|
|
if (demangled != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
gsymbol->language = language_cplus;
|
|
|
|
|
gsymbol->language_specific.cplus_specific.demangled_name =
|
|
|
|
|
obsavestring (demangled, strlen (demangled), obstack);
|
|
|
|
|
xfree (demangled);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
gsymbol->language_specific.cplus_specific.demangled_name = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (gsymbol->language == language_java)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
demangled =
|
|
|
|
|
cplus_demangle (gsymbol->name,
|
|
|
|
|
DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_JAVA);
|
|
|
|
|
if (demangled != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
gsymbol->language = language_java;
|
|
|
|
|
gsymbol->language_specific.cplus_specific.demangled_name =
|
|
|
|
|
obsavestring (demangled, strlen (demangled), obstack);
|
|
|
|
|
xfree (demangled);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
gsymbol->language_specific.cplus_specific.demangled_name = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (demangled == NULL
|
|
|
|
|
&& (gsymbol->language == language_chill
|
|
|
|
|
|| gsymbol->language == language_auto))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
demangled =
|
|
|
|
|
chill_demangle (gsymbol->name);
|
|
|
|
|
if (demangled != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
gsymbol->language = language_chill;
|
|
|
|
|
gsymbol->language_specific.chill_specific.demangled_name =
|
|
|
|
|
obsavestring (demangled, strlen (demangled), obstack);
|
|
|
|
|
xfree (demangled);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
gsymbol->language_specific.chill_specific.demangled_name = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Find which partial symtab on contains PC and SECTION. Return 0 if none. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct partial_symtab *
|
2000-07-30 01:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
find_pc_sect_psymtab (CORE_ADDR pc, asection *section)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register struct partial_symtab *pst;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct objfile *objfile;
|
2002-01-31 05:03:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
struct minimal_symbol *msymbol;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If we know that this is not a text address, return failure. This is
|
|
|
|
|
necessary because we loop based on texthigh and textlow, which do
|
|
|
|
|
not include the data ranges. */
|
|
|
|
|
msymbol = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc_section (pc, section);
|
|
|
|
|
if (msymbol
|
|
|
|
|
&& (msymbol->type == mst_data
|
|
|
|
|
|| msymbol->type == mst_bss
|
|
|
|
|
|| msymbol->type == mst_abs
|
|
|
|
|
|| msymbol->type == mst_file_data
|
|
|
|
|
|| msymbol->type == mst_file_bss))
|
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ALL_PSYMTABS (objfile, pst)
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (pc >= pst->textlow && pc < pst->texthigh)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct partial_symtab *tpst;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* An objfile that has its functions reordered might have
|
|
|
|
|
many partial symbol tables containing the PC, but
|
|
|
|
|
we want the partial symbol table that contains the
|
|
|
|
|
function containing the PC. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (!(objfile->flags & OBJF_REORDERED) &&
|
|
|
|
|
section == 0) /* can't validate section this way */
|
|
|
|
|
return (pst);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (msymbol == NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
return (pst);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (tpst = pst; tpst != NULL; tpst = tpst->next)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (pc >= tpst->textlow && pc < tpst->texthigh)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct partial_symbol *p;
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
p = find_pc_sect_psymbol (tpst, pc, section);
|
|
|
|
|
if (p != NULL
|
|
|
|
|
&& SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (p)
|
|
|
|
|
== SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msymbol))
|
|
|
|
|
return (tpst);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
return (pst);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return (NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Find which partial symtab contains PC. Return 0 if none.
|
|
|
|
|
Backward compatibility, no section */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct partial_symtab *
|
2000-07-30 01:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
find_pc_psymtab (CORE_ADDR pc)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return find_pc_sect_psymtab (pc, find_pc_mapped_section (pc));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Find which partial symbol within a psymtab matches PC and SECTION.
|
|
|
|
|
Return 0 if none. Check all psymtabs if PSYMTAB is 0. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct partial_symbol *
|
2000-07-30 01:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
find_pc_sect_psymbol (struct partial_symtab *psymtab, CORE_ADDR pc,
|
|
|
|
|
asection *section)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct partial_symbol *best = NULL, *p, **pp;
|
|
|
|
|
CORE_ADDR best_pc;
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (!psymtab)
|
|
|
|
|
psymtab = find_pc_sect_psymtab (pc, section);
|
|
|
|
|
if (!psymtab)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Cope with programs that start at address 0 */
|
|
|
|
|
best_pc = (psymtab->textlow != 0) ? psymtab->textlow - 1 : 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Search the global symbols as well as the static symbols, so that
|
|
|
|
|
find_pc_partial_function doesn't use a minimal symbol and thus
|
|
|
|
|
cache a bad endaddr. */
|
|
|
|
|
for (pp = psymtab->objfile->global_psymbols.list + psymtab->globals_offset;
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(pp - (psymtab->objfile->global_psymbols.list + psymtab->globals_offset)
|
|
|
|
|
< psymtab->n_global_syms);
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
pp++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
p = *pp;
|
|
|
|
|
if (SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (p) == VAR_NAMESPACE
|
|
|
|
|
&& SYMBOL_CLASS (p) == LOC_BLOCK
|
|
|
|
|
&& pc >= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (p)
|
|
|
|
|
&& (SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (p) > best_pc
|
|
|
|
|
|| (psymtab->textlow == 0
|
|
|
|
|
&& best_pc == 0 && SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (p) == 0)))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (section) /* match on a specific section */
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
fixup_psymbol_section (p, psymtab->objfile);
|
|
|
|
|
if (SYMBOL_BFD_SECTION (p) != section)
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
best_pc = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (p);
|
|
|
|
|
best = p;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (pp = psymtab->objfile->static_psymbols.list + psymtab->statics_offset;
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(pp - (psymtab->objfile->static_psymbols.list + psymtab->statics_offset)
|
|
|
|
|
< psymtab->n_static_syms);
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
pp++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
p = *pp;
|
|
|
|
|
if (SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (p) == VAR_NAMESPACE
|
|
|
|
|
&& SYMBOL_CLASS (p) == LOC_BLOCK
|
|
|
|
|
&& pc >= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (p)
|
|
|
|
|
&& (SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (p) > best_pc
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|| (psymtab->textlow == 0
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
&& best_pc == 0 && SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (p) == 0)))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (section) /* match on a specific section */
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
fixup_psymbol_section (p, psymtab->objfile);
|
|
|
|
|
if (SYMBOL_BFD_SECTION (p) != section)
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
best_pc = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (p);
|
|
|
|
|
best = p;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return best;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Find which partial symbol within a psymtab matches PC. Return 0 if none.
|
|
|
|
|
Check all psymtabs if PSYMTAB is 0. Backwards compatibility, no section. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct partial_symbol *
|
2000-07-30 01:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
find_pc_psymbol (struct partial_symtab *psymtab, CORE_ADDR pc)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return find_pc_sect_psymbol (psymtab, pc, find_pc_mapped_section (pc));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Debug symbols usually don't have section information. We need to dig that
|
|
|
|
|
out of the minimal symbols and stash that in the debug symbol. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
2000-07-30 01:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
fixup_section (struct general_symbol_info *ginfo, struct objfile *objfile)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct minimal_symbol *msym;
|
|
|
|
|
msym = lookup_minimal_symbol (ginfo->name, NULL, objfile);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (msym)
|
2000-08-04 23:13:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
ginfo->bfd_section = SYMBOL_BFD_SECTION (msym);
|
|
|
|
|
ginfo->section = SYMBOL_SECTION (msym);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct symbol *
|
2000-07-30 01:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
fixup_symbol_section (struct symbol *sym, struct objfile *objfile)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (!sym)
|
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (SYMBOL_BFD_SECTION (sym))
|
|
|
|
|
return sym;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
fixup_section (&sym->ginfo, objfile);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return sym;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-04 23:13:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
struct partial_symbol *
|
2000-07-30 01:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
fixup_psymbol_section (struct partial_symbol *psym, struct objfile *objfile)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (!psym)
|
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (SYMBOL_BFD_SECTION (psym))
|
|
|
|
|
return psym;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
fixup_section (&psym->ginfo, objfile);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return psym;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Find the definition for a specified symbol name NAME
|
|
|
|
|
in namespace NAMESPACE, visible from lexical block BLOCK.
|
|
|
|
|
Returns the struct symbol pointer, or zero if no symbol is found.
|
|
|
|
|
If SYMTAB is non-NULL, store the symbol table in which the
|
|
|
|
|
symbol was found there, or NULL if not found.
|
|
|
|
|
C++: if IS_A_FIELD_OF_THIS is nonzero on entry, check to see if
|
|
|
|
|
NAME is a field of the current implied argument `this'. If so set
|
|
|
|
|
*IS_A_FIELD_OF_THIS to 1, otherwise set it to zero.
|
|
|
|
|
BLOCK_FOUND is set to the block in which NAME is found (in the case of
|
|
|
|
|
a field of `this', value_of_this sets BLOCK_FOUND to the proper value.) */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* This function has a bunch of loops in it and it would seem to be
|
|
|
|
|
attractive to put in some QUIT's (though I'm not really sure
|
|
|
|
|
whether it can run long enough to be really important). But there
|
|
|
|
|
are a few calls for which it would appear to be bad news to quit
|
|
|
|
|
out of here: find_proc_desc in alpha-tdep.c and mips-tdep.c, and
|
|
|
|
|
nindy_frame_chain_valid in nindy-tdep.c. (Note that there is C++
|
|
|
|
|
code below which can error(), but that probably doesn't affect
|
|
|
|
|
these calls since they are looking for a known variable and thus
|
|
|
|
|
can probably assume it will never hit the C++ code). */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct symbol *
|
2000-10-12 16:53:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
lookup_symbol (const char *name, const struct block *block,
|
2000-07-30 01:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
const namespace_enum namespace, int *is_a_field_of_this,
|
|
|
|
|
struct symtab **symtab)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
2000-10-12 16:53:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
char *modified_name = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
char *modified_name2 = NULL;
|
2002-03-22 18:57:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
const char *mangled_name = NULL;
|
2000-10-12 16:53:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
int needtofreename = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
struct symbol *returnval;
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-10 Jimmy Guo <guo@cup.hp.com>
* c-lang.c: Set case sensitivity on for c_language_defn,
cplus_language_defn, and asm_language_defn.
* ch-lang.c: Set case sensitivity on for chill_language_defn.
* f-lang.c: Set case sensivitity off for f_language_defn.
* jv-lang.c: Set case sensitivity on for java_language_defn.
* language.h: Add enum case_mode, case_sensitivity.
* language.c: Define case_mode, case_sensitivity. Set case
sensitivity on for unknown_language_defn, auto_language_defn,
and local_language_defn.
(show_case_command,set_case_command,set_case_str): New static func.
(set_type_range_case): New static func, replaces set_type_range ().
(set_language_command,set_type_command,set_range_command,set_language):
Call set_type_range_case ().
(language_info): Print case sensitivity setting.
(_initialize_language): Add set/show commands for 'case-sensitive'.
Set default case mode 'auto'. Set default language 'auto'.
* m2-lang.c: Set case sensitivity on for m2_language_defn.
* p-lang.c: Set case sensitivity on for pascal_language_defn.
* scm-lang.c: Set case sensitivity off for scm_language_defn.
* symtab.c (lookup_symbol): Downcase symbol name if case sensivitity
is off.
2000-08-11 01:02:35 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (case_sensitivity == case_sensitive_off)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
char *copy;
|
|
|
|
|
int len, i;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
len = strlen (name);
|
|
|
|
|
copy = (char *) alloca (len + 1);
|
|
|
|
|
for (i= 0; i < len; i++)
|
|
|
|
|
copy[i] = tolower (name[i]);
|
|
|
|
|
copy[len] = 0;
|
2000-10-12 16:53:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
modified_name = copy;
|
2000-08-10 Jimmy Guo <guo@cup.hp.com>
* c-lang.c: Set case sensitivity on for c_language_defn,
cplus_language_defn, and asm_language_defn.
* ch-lang.c: Set case sensitivity on for chill_language_defn.
* f-lang.c: Set case sensivitity off for f_language_defn.
* jv-lang.c: Set case sensitivity on for java_language_defn.
* language.h: Add enum case_mode, case_sensitivity.
* language.c: Define case_mode, case_sensitivity. Set case
sensitivity on for unknown_language_defn, auto_language_defn,
and local_language_defn.
(show_case_command,set_case_command,set_case_str): New static func.
(set_type_range_case): New static func, replaces set_type_range ().
(set_language_command,set_type_command,set_range_command,set_language):
Call set_type_range_case ().
(language_info): Print case sensitivity setting.
(_initialize_language): Add set/show commands for 'case-sensitive'.
Set default case mode 'auto'. Set default language 'auto'.
* m2-lang.c: Set case sensitivity on for m2_language_defn.
* p-lang.c: Set case sensitivity on for pascal_language_defn.
* scm-lang.c: Set case sensitivity off for scm_language_defn.
* symtab.c (lookup_symbol): Downcase symbol name if case sensivitity
is off.
2000-08-11 01:02:35 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
2000-10-12 16:53:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
modified_name = (char *) name;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If we are using C++ language, demangle the name before doing a lookup, so
|
|
|
|
|
we can always binary search. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (current_language->la_language == language_cplus)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
modified_name2 = cplus_demangle (modified_name, DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_PARAMS);
|
|
|
|
|
if (modified_name2)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-03-22 18:57:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
mangled_name = name;
|
2000-10-12 16:53:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
modified_name = modified_name2;
|
|
|
|
|
needtofreename = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-03-22 18:57:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
returnval = lookup_symbol_aux (modified_name, mangled_name, block,
|
|
|
|
|
namespace, is_a_field_of_this, symtab);
|
2000-10-12 16:53:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (needtofreename)
|
2000-12-15 01:01:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
xfree (modified_name2);
|
2000-10-12 16:53:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return returnval;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static struct symbol *
|
2002-03-22 18:57:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
lookup_symbol_aux (const char *name, const char *mangled_name,
|
|
|
|
|
const struct block *block, const namespace_enum namespace,
|
|
|
|
|
int *is_a_field_of_this, struct symtab **symtab)
|
2000-10-12 16:53:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register struct symbol *sym;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct symtab *s = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct partial_symtab *ps;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct blockvector *bv;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct objfile *objfile = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct block *b;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct minimal_symbol *msymbol;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-10 Jimmy Guo <guo@cup.hp.com>
* c-lang.c: Set case sensitivity on for c_language_defn,
cplus_language_defn, and asm_language_defn.
* ch-lang.c: Set case sensitivity on for chill_language_defn.
* f-lang.c: Set case sensivitity off for f_language_defn.
* jv-lang.c: Set case sensitivity on for java_language_defn.
* language.h: Add enum case_mode, case_sensitivity.
* language.c: Define case_mode, case_sensitivity. Set case
sensitivity on for unknown_language_defn, auto_language_defn,
and local_language_defn.
(show_case_command,set_case_command,set_case_str): New static func.
(set_type_range_case): New static func, replaces set_type_range ().
(set_language_command,set_type_command,set_range_command,set_language):
Call set_type_range_case ().
(language_info): Print case sensitivity setting.
(_initialize_language): Add set/show commands for 'case-sensitive'.
Set default case mode 'auto'. Set default language 'auto'.
* m2-lang.c: Set case sensitivity on for m2_language_defn.
* p-lang.c: Set case sensitivity on for pascal_language_defn.
* scm-lang.c: Set case sensitivity off for scm_language_defn.
* symtab.c (lookup_symbol): Downcase symbol name if case sensivitity
is off.
2000-08-11 01:02:35 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Search specified block and its superiors. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (block != 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-03-22 18:57:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
sym = lookup_block_symbol (block, name, mangled_name, namespace);
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (sym)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
block_found = block;
|
|
|
|
|
if (symtab != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Search the list of symtabs for one which contains the
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
address of the start of this block. */
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s);
|
|
|
|
|
b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK);
|
|
|
|
|
if (BLOCK_START (b) <= BLOCK_START (block)
|
|
|
|
|
&& BLOCK_END (b) > BLOCK_START (block))
|
|
|
|
|
goto found;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
found:
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*symtab = s;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return fixup_symbol_section (sym, objfile);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
block = BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (block);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* FIXME: this code is never executed--block is always NULL at this
|
|
|
|
|
point. What is it trying to do, anyway? We already should have
|
|
|
|
|
checked the STATIC_BLOCK above (it is the superblock of top-level
|
|
|
|
|
blocks). Why is VAR_NAMESPACE special-cased? */
|
|
|
|
|
/* Don't need to mess with the psymtabs; if we have a block,
|
|
|
|
|
that file is read in. If we don't, then we deal later with
|
|
|
|
|
all the psymtab stuff that needs checking. */
|
|
|
|
|
/* Note (RT): The following never-executed code looks unnecessary to me also.
|
|
|
|
|
* If we change the code to use the original (passed-in)
|
|
|
|
|
* value of 'block', we could cause it to execute, but then what
|
|
|
|
|
* would it do? The STATIC_BLOCK of the symtab containing the passed-in
|
|
|
|
|
* 'block' was already searched by the above code. And the STATIC_BLOCK's
|
|
|
|
|
* of *other* symtabs (those files not containing 'block' lexically)
|
|
|
|
|
* should not contain 'block' address-wise. So we wouldn't expect this
|
|
|
|
|
* code to find any 'sym''s that were not found above. I vote for
|
|
|
|
|
* deleting the following paragraph of code.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
if (namespace == VAR_NAMESPACE && block != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct block *b;
|
|
|
|
|
/* Find the right symtab. */
|
|
|
|
|
ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s);
|
|
|
|
|
b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, STATIC_BLOCK);
|
|
|
|
|
if (BLOCK_START (b) <= BLOCK_START (block)
|
|
|
|
|
&& BLOCK_END (b) > BLOCK_START (block))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-03-22 18:57:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
sym = lookup_block_symbol (b, name, mangled_name, VAR_NAMESPACE);
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (sym)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
block_found = b;
|
|
|
|
|
if (symtab != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
*symtab = s;
|
|
|
|
|
return fixup_symbol_section (sym, objfile);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* C++: If requested to do so by the caller,
|
|
|
|
|
check to see if NAME is a field of `this'. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (is_a_field_of_this)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct value *v = value_of_this (0);
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*is_a_field_of_this = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
if (v && check_field (v, name))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
*is_a_field_of_this = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
if (symtab != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
*symtab = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Now search all global blocks. Do the symtab's first, then
|
|
|
|
|
check the psymtab's. If a psymtab indicates the existence
|
|
|
|
|
of the desired name as a global, then do psymtab-to-symtab
|
|
|
|
|
conversion on the fly and return the found symbol. */
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s);
|
|
|
|
|
block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK);
|
2002-03-22 18:57:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
sym = lookup_block_symbol (block, name, mangled_name, namespace);
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (sym)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
block_found = block;
|
|
|
|
|
if (symtab != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
*symtab = s;
|
|
|
|
|
return fixup_symbol_section (sym, objfile);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef HPUXHPPA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Check for the possibility of the symbol being a function or
|
|
|
|
|
a mangled variable that is stored in one of the minimal symbol tables.
|
|
|
|
|
Eventually, all global symbols might be resolved in this way. */
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (namespace == VAR_NAMESPACE)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
msymbol = lookup_minimal_symbol (name, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
if (msymbol != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
s = find_pc_sect_symtab (SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msymbol),
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_BFD_SECTION (msymbol));
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (s != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* This is a function which has a symtab for its address. */
|
|
|
|
|
bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s);
|
|
|
|
|
block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK);
|
|
|
|
|
sym = lookup_block_symbol (block, SYMBOL_NAME (msymbol),
|
2002-03-22 18:57:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
mangled_name, namespace);
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* We kept static functions in minimal symbol table as well as
|
|
|
|
|
in static scope. We want to find them in the symbol table. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (!sym)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, STATIC_BLOCK);
|
|
|
|
|
sym = lookup_block_symbol (block, SYMBOL_NAME (msymbol),
|
2002-03-22 18:57:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
mangled_name, namespace);
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* sym == 0 if symbol was found in the minimal symbol table
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
but not in the symtab.
|
|
|
|
|
Return 0 to use the msymbol definition of "foo_".
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
This happens for Fortran "foo_" symbols,
|
|
|
|
|
which are "foo" in the symtab.
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
This can also happen if "asm" is used to make a
|
|
|
|
|
regular symbol but not a debugging symbol, e.g.
|
|
|
|
|
asm(".globl _main");
|
|
|
|
|
asm("_main:");
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (symtab != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
*symtab = s;
|
|
|
|
|
return fixup_symbol_section (sym, objfile);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else if (MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol) != mst_text
|
|
|
|
|
&& MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol) != mst_file_text
|
|
|
|
|
&& !STREQ (name, SYMBOL_NAME (msymbol)))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* This is a mangled variable, look it up by its
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
mangled name. */
|
2002-03-22 18:57:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return lookup_symbol_aux (SYMBOL_NAME (msymbol), mangled_name, block,
|
2001-01-18 23:38:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
namespace, is_a_field_of_this, symtab);
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
/* There are no debug symbols for this file, or we are looking
|
|
|
|
|
for an unmangled variable.
|
|
|
|
|
Try to find a matching static symbol below. */
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ALL_PSYMTABS (objfile, ps)
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (!ps->readin && lookup_partial_symbol (ps, name, 1, namespace))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
s = PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB (ps);
|
|
|
|
|
bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s);
|
|
|
|
|
block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK);
|
2002-03-22 18:57:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
sym = lookup_block_symbol (block, name, mangled_name, namespace);
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (!sym)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* This shouldn't be necessary, but as a last resort
|
|
|
|
|
* try looking in the statics even though the psymtab
|
|
|
|
|
* claimed the symbol was global. It's possible that
|
|
|
|
|
* the psymtab gets it wrong in some cases.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, STATIC_BLOCK);
|
2002-03-22 18:57:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
sym = lookup_block_symbol (block, name, mangled_name, namespace);
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (!sym)
|
|
|
|
|
error ("Internal: global symbol `%s' found in %s psymtab but not in symtab.\n\
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
%s may be an inlined function, or may be a template function\n\
|
|
|
|
|
(if a template, try specifying an instantiation: %s<type>).",
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
name, ps->filename, name, name);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (symtab != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
*symtab = s;
|
|
|
|
|
return fixup_symbol_section (sym, objfile);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Now search all static file-level symbols.
|
|
|
|
|
Not strictly correct, but more useful than an error.
|
|
|
|
|
Do the symtabs first, then check the psymtabs.
|
|
|
|
|
If a psymtab indicates the existence
|
|
|
|
|
of the desired name as a file-level static, then do psymtab-to-symtab
|
|
|
|
|
conversion on the fly and return the found symbol. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s);
|
|
|
|
|
block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, STATIC_BLOCK);
|
2002-03-22 18:57:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
sym = lookup_block_symbol (block, name, mangled_name, namespace);
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (sym)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
block_found = block;
|
|
|
|
|
if (symtab != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
*symtab = s;
|
|
|
|
|
return fixup_symbol_section (sym, objfile);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ALL_PSYMTABS (objfile, ps)
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (!ps->readin && lookup_partial_symbol (ps, name, 0, namespace))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
s = PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB (ps);
|
|
|
|
|
bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s);
|
|
|
|
|
block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, STATIC_BLOCK);
|
2002-03-22 18:57:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
sym = lookup_block_symbol (block, name, mangled_name, namespace);
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (!sym)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* This shouldn't be necessary, but as a last resort
|
|
|
|
|
* try looking in the globals even though the psymtab
|
|
|
|
|
* claimed the symbol was static. It's possible that
|
|
|
|
|
* the psymtab gets it wrong in some cases.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK);
|
2002-03-22 18:57:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
sym = lookup_block_symbol (block, name, mangled_name, namespace);
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (!sym)
|
|
|
|
|
error ("Internal: static symbol `%s' found in %s psymtab but not in symtab.\n\
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
%s may be an inlined function, or may be a template function\n\
|
|
|
|
|
(if a template, try specifying an instantiation: %s<type>).",
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
name, ps->filename, name, name);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (symtab != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
*symtab = s;
|
|
|
|
|
return fixup_symbol_section (sym, objfile);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef HPUXHPPA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Check for the possibility of the symbol being a function or
|
|
|
|
|
a global variable that is stored in one of the minimal symbol tables.
|
|
|
|
|
The "minimal symbol table" is built from linker-supplied info.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RT: I moved this check to last, after the complete search of
|
|
|
|
|
the global (p)symtab's and static (p)symtab's. For HP-generated
|
|
|
|
|
symbol tables, this check was causing a premature exit from
|
|
|
|
|
lookup_symbol with NULL return, and thus messing up symbol lookups
|
|
|
|
|
of things like "c::f". It seems to me a check of the minimal
|
|
|
|
|
symbol table ought to be a last resort in any case. I'm vaguely
|
|
|
|
|
worried about the comment below which talks about FORTRAN routines "foo_"
|
|
|
|
|
though... is it saying we need to do the "minsym" check before
|
|
|
|
|
the static check in this case?
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (namespace == VAR_NAMESPACE)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
msymbol = lookup_minimal_symbol (name, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
if (msymbol != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* OK, we found a minimal symbol in spite of not
|
|
|
|
|
* finding any symbol. There are various possible
|
|
|
|
|
* explanations for this. One possibility is the symbol
|
|
|
|
|
* exists in code not compiled -g. Another possibility
|
|
|
|
|
* is that the 'psymtab' isn't doing its job.
|
|
|
|
|
* A third possibility, related to #2, is that we were confused
|
|
|
|
|
* by name-mangling. For instance, maybe the psymtab isn't
|
|
|
|
|
* doing its job because it only know about demangled
|
|
|
|
|
* names, but we were given a mangled name...
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* We first use the address in the msymbol to try to
|
|
|
|
|
* locate the appropriate symtab. Note that find_pc_symtab()
|
|
|
|
|
* has a side-effect of doing psymtab-to-symtab expansion,
|
|
|
|
|
* for the found symtab.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
s = find_pc_symtab (SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msymbol));
|
|
|
|
|
if (s != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s);
|
|
|
|
|
block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK);
|
|
|
|
|
sym = lookup_block_symbol (block, SYMBOL_NAME (msymbol),
|
2002-03-22 18:57:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
mangled_name, namespace);
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* We kept static functions in minimal symbol table as well as
|
|
|
|
|
in static scope. We want to find them in the symbol table. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (!sym)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, STATIC_BLOCK);
|
|
|
|
|
sym = lookup_block_symbol (block, SYMBOL_NAME (msymbol),
|
2002-03-22 18:57:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
mangled_name, namespace);
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* If we found one, return it */
|
|
|
|
|
if (sym)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (symtab != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
*symtab = s;
|
|
|
|
|
return sym;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If we get here with sym == 0, the symbol was
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
found in the minimal symbol table
|
|
|
|
|
but not in the symtab.
|
|
|
|
|
Fall through and return 0 to use the msymbol
|
|
|
|
|
definition of "foo_".
|
|
|
|
|
(Note that outer code generally follows up a call
|
|
|
|
|
to this routine with a call to lookup_minimal_symbol(),
|
|
|
|
|
so a 0 return means we'll just flow into that other routine).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This happens for Fortran "foo_" symbols,
|
|
|
|
|
which are "foo" in the symtab.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This can also happen if "asm" is used to make a
|
|
|
|
|
regular symbol but not a debugging symbol, e.g.
|
|
|
|
|
asm(".globl _main");
|
|
|
|
|
asm("_main:");
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* If the lookup-by-address fails, try repeating the
|
|
|
|
|
* entire lookup process with the symbol name from
|
|
|
|
|
* the msymbol (if different from the original symbol name).
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
else if (MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol) != mst_text
|
|
|
|
|
&& MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol) != mst_file_text
|
|
|
|
|
&& !STREQ (name, SYMBOL_NAME (msymbol)))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-03-22 18:57:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return lookup_symbol_aux (SYMBOL_NAME (msymbol), mangled_name,
|
|
|
|
|
block, namespace, is_a_field_of_this,
|
|
|
|
|
symtab);
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (symtab != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
*symtab = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2000-06-05 20:49:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Look, in partial_symtab PST, for symbol NAME. Check the global
|
|
|
|
|
symbols if GLOBAL, the static symbols if not */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static struct partial_symbol *
|
2000-07-30 01:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
lookup_partial_symbol (struct partial_symtab *pst, const char *name, int global,
|
|
|
|
|
namespace_enum namespace)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
2000-06-05 20:49:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
struct partial_symbol *temp;
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
struct partial_symbol **start, **psym;
|
|
|
|
|
struct partial_symbol **top, **bottom, **center;
|
|
|
|
|
int length = (global ? pst->n_global_syms : pst->n_static_syms);
|
|
|
|
|
int do_linear_search = 1;
|
2000-06-05 20:49:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (length == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return (NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
start = (global ?
|
|
|
|
|
pst->objfile->global_psymbols.list + pst->globals_offset :
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
pst->objfile->static_psymbols.list + pst->statics_offset);
|
2000-06-05 20:49:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (global) /* This means we can use a binary search. */
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
do_linear_search = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Binary search. This search is guaranteed to end with center
|
|
|
|
|
pointing at the earliest partial symbol with the correct
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
name. At that point *all* partial symbols with that name
|
|
|
|
|
will be checked against the correct namespace. */
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bottom = start;
|
|
|
|
|
top = start + length - 1;
|
|
|
|
|
while (top > bottom)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
center = bottom + (top - bottom) / 2;
|
|
|
|
|
if (!(center < top))
|
2001-02-25 04:45:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, "failed internal consistency check");
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (!do_linear_search
|
2000-06-05 20:49:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
&& (SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (*center) == language_java))
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
do_linear_search = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2001-01-19 08:01:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (strcmp (SYMBOL_SOURCE_NAME (*center), name) >= 0)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
top = center;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
bottom = center + 1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (!(top == bottom))
|
2001-02-25 04:45:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, "failed internal consistency check");
|
2000-06-05 20:49:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* djb - 2000-06-03 - Use SYMBOL_MATCHES_NAME, not a strcmp, so
|
|
|
|
|
we don't have to force a linear search on C++. Probably holds true
|
|
|
|
|
for JAVA as well, no way to check.*/
|
|
|
|
|
while (SYMBOL_MATCHES_NAME (*top,name))
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (*top) == namespace)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2000-06-05 20:49:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return (*top);
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
top++;
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Can't use a binary search or else we found during the binary search that
|
|
|
|
|
we should also do a linear search. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (do_linear_search)
|
2000-06-05 20:49:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
for (psym = start; psym < start + length; psym++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (namespace == SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (*psym))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (SYMBOL_MATCHES_NAME (*psym, name))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return (*psym);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Look up a type named NAME in the struct_namespace. The type returned
|
|
|
|
|
must not be opaque -- i.e., must have at least one field defined
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This code was modelled on lookup_symbol -- the parts not relevant to looking
|
|
|
|
|
up types were just left out. In particular it's assumed here that types
|
|
|
|
|
are available in struct_namespace and only at file-static or global blocks. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct type *
|
2000-07-30 01:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
lookup_transparent_type (const char *name)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register struct symbol *sym;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct symtab *s = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct partial_symtab *ps;
|
|
|
|
|
struct blockvector *bv;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct objfile *objfile;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct block *block;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Now search all the global symbols. Do the symtab's first, then
|
|
|
|
|
check the psymtab's. If a psymtab indicates the existence
|
|
|
|
|
of the desired name as a global, then do psymtab-to-symtab
|
|
|
|
|
conversion on the fly and return the found symbol. */
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s);
|
|
|
|
|
block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK);
|
2002-03-22 18:57:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
sym = lookup_block_symbol (block, name, NULL, STRUCT_NAMESPACE);
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (sym && !TYPE_IS_OPAQUE (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym)))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return SYMBOL_TYPE (sym);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ALL_PSYMTABS (objfile, ps)
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (!ps->readin && lookup_partial_symbol (ps, name, 1, STRUCT_NAMESPACE))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
s = PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB (ps);
|
|
|
|
|
bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s);
|
|
|
|
|
block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK);
|
2002-03-22 18:57:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
sym = lookup_block_symbol (block, name, NULL, STRUCT_NAMESPACE);
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (!sym)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* This shouldn't be necessary, but as a last resort
|
|
|
|
|
* try looking in the statics even though the psymtab
|
|
|
|
|
* claimed the symbol was global. It's possible that
|
|
|
|
|
* the psymtab gets it wrong in some cases.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, STATIC_BLOCK);
|
2002-03-22 18:57:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
sym = lookup_block_symbol (block, name, NULL, STRUCT_NAMESPACE);
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (!sym)
|
|
|
|
|
error ("Internal: global symbol `%s' found in %s psymtab but not in symtab.\n\
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
%s may be an inlined function, or may be a template function\n\
|
|
|
|
|
(if a template, try specifying an instantiation: %s<type>).",
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
name, ps->filename, name, name);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (!TYPE_IS_OPAQUE (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym)))
|
|
|
|
|
return SYMBOL_TYPE (sym);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Now search the static file-level symbols.
|
|
|
|
|
Not strictly correct, but more useful than an error.
|
|
|
|
|
Do the symtab's first, then
|
|
|
|
|
check the psymtab's. If a psymtab indicates the existence
|
|
|
|
|
of the desired name as a file-level static, then do psymtab-to-symtab
|
|
|
|
|
conversion on the fly and return the found symbol.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s);
|
|
|
|
|
block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, STATIC_BLOCK);
|
2002-03-22 18:57:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
sym = lookup_block_symbol (block, name, NULL, STRUCT_NAMESPACE);
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (sym && !TYPE_IS_OPAQUE (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym)))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return SYMBOL_TYPE (sym);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ALL_PSYMTABS (objfile, ps)
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (!ps->readin && lookup_partial_symbol (ps, name, 0, STRUCT_NAMESPACE))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
s = PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB (ps);
|
|
|
|
|
bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s);
|
|
|
|
|
block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, STATIC_BLOCK);
|
2002-03-22 18:57:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
sym = lookup_block_symbol (block, name, NULL, STRUCT_NAMESPACE);
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (!sym)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* This shouldn't be necessary, but as a last resort
|
|
|
|
|
* try looking in the globals even though the psymtab
|
|
|
|
|
* claimed the symbol was static. It's possible that
|
|
|
|
|
* the psymtab gets it wrong in some cases.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK);
|
2002-03-22 18:57:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
sym = lookup_block_symbol (block, name, NULL, STRUCT_NAMESPACE);
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (!sym)
|
|
|
|
|
error ("Internal: static symbol `%s' found in %s psymtab but not in symtab.\n\
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
%s may be an inlined function, or may be a template function\n\
|
|
|
|
|
(if a template, try specifying an instantiation: %s<type>).",
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
name, ps->filename, name, name);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (!TYPE_IS_OPAQUE (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym)))
|
|
|
|
|
return SYMBOL_TYPE (sym);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return (struct type *) 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Find the psymtab containing main(). */
|
|
|
|
|
/* FIXME: What about languages without main() or specially linked
|
|
|
|
|
executables that have no main() ? */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct partial_symtab *
|
2000-07-30 01:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
find_main_psymtab (void)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register struct partial_symtab *pst;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct objfile *objfile;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ALL_PSYMTABS (objfile, pst)
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
2001-07-07 17:19:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (lookup_partial_symbol (pst, main_name (), 1, VAR_NAMESPACE))
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return (pst);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return (NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Search BLOCK for symbol NAME in NAMESPACE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note that if NAME is the demangled form of a C++ symbol, we will fail
|
|
|
|
|
to find a match during the binary search of the non-encoded names, but
|
|
|
|
|
for now we don't worry about the slight inefficiency of looking for
|
|
|
|
|
a match we'll never find, since it will go pretty quick. Once the
|
|
|
|
|
binary search terminates, we drop through and do a straight linear
|
|
|
|
|
search on the symbols. Each symbol which is marked as being a C++
|
|
|
|
|
symbol (language_cplus set) has both the encoded and non-encoded names
|
2002-03-22 18:57:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
tested for a match.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If MANGLED_NAME is non-NULL, verify that any symbol we find has this
|
|
|
|
|
particular mangled name.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct symbol *
|
2000-07-30 01:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
lookup_block_symbol (register const struct block *block, const char *name,
|
2002-03-22 18:57:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
const char *mangled_name,
|
2000-07-30 01:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
const namespace_enum namespace)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register int bot, top, inc;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct symbol *sym;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct symbol *sym_found = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
register int do_linear_search = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If the blocks's symbols were sorted, start with a binary search. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (BLOCK_SHOULD_SORT (block))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Reset the linear search flag so if the binary search fails, we
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
won't do the linear search once unless we find some reason to
|
2000-10-12 16:53:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
do so */
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
do_linear_search = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
top = BLOCK_NSYMS (block);
|
|
|
|
|
bot = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Advance BOT to not far before the first symbol whose name is NAME. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (1)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
inc = (top - bot + 1);
|
|
|
|
|
/* No need to keep binary searching for the last few bits worth. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (inc < 4)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
inc = (inc >> 1) + bot;
|
|
|
|
|
sym = BLOCK_SYM (block, inc);
|
2000-10-12 16:53:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (!do_linear_search && (SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (sym) == language_java))
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
do_linear_search = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2000-10-12 16:53:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (SYMBOL_SOURCE_NAME (sym)[0] < name[0])
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
bot = inc;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2000-10-12 16:53:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
else if (SYMBOL_SOURCE_NAME (sym)[0] > name[0])
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
top = inc;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2001-01-19 08:01:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
else if (strcmp (SYMBOL_SOURCE_NAME (sym), name) < 0)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
bot = inc;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
top = inc;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Now scan forward until we run out of symbols, find one whose
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
name is greater than NAME, or find one we want. If there is
|
|
|
|
|
more than one symbol with the right name and namespace, we
|
|
|
|
|
return the first one; I believe it is now impossible for us
|
|
|
|
|
to encounter two symbols with the same name and namespace
|
|
|
|
|
here, because blocks containing argument symbols are no
|
2002-03-22 18:57:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
longer sorted. The exception is for C++, where multiple functions
|
|
|
|
|
(cloned constructors / destructors, in particular) can have
|
|
|
|
|
the same demangled name. So if we have a particular
|
|
|
|
|
mangled name to match, try to do so. */
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
top = BLOCK_NSYMS (block);
|
|
|
|
|
while (bot < top)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
sym = BLOCK_SYM (block, bot);
|
2002-03-22 18:57:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) == namespace
|
|
|
|
|
&& (mangled_name
|
|
|
|
|
? strcmp (SYMBOL_NAME (sym), mangled_name) == 0
|
|
|
|
|
: SYMBOL_MATCHES_NAME (sym, name)))
|
2001-01-30 02:49:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return sym;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2001-10-17 07:12:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (SYMBOL_SOURCE_NAME (sym)[0] > name[0])
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
bot++;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Here if block isn't sorted, or we fail to find a match during the
|
|
|
|
|
binary search above. If during the binary search above, we find a
|
2001-10-16 03:23:35 +00:00
|
|
|
|
symbol which is a Java symbol, then we have re-enabled the linear
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
search flag which was reset when starting the binary search.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This loop is equivalent to the loop above, but hacked greatly for speed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note that parameter symbols do not always show up last in the
|
|
|
|
|
list; this loop makes sure to take anything else other than
|
|
|
|
|
parameter symbols first; it only uses parameter symbols as a
|
|
|
|
|
last resort. Note that this only takes up extra computation
|
|
|
|
|
time on a match. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (do_linear_search)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
top = BLOCK_NSYMS (block);
|
|
|
|
|
bot = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
while (bot < top)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
sym = BLOCK_SYM (block, bot);
|
2002-03-22 18:57:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) == namespace
|
|
|
|
|
&& (mangled_name
|
|
|
|
|
? strcmp (SYMBOL_NAME (sym), mangled_name) == 0
|
|
|
|
|
: SYMBOL_MATCHES_NAME (sym, name)))
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* If SYM has aliases, then use any alias that is active
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
at the current PC. If no alias is active at the current
|
|
|
|
|
PC, then use the main symbol.
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
?!? Is checking the current pc correct? Is this routine
|
1999-08-02 23:48:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
ever called to look up a symbol from another context?
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FIXME: No, it's not correct. If someone sets a
|
|
|
|
|
conditional breakpoint at an address, then the
|
|
|
|
|
breakpoint's `struct expression' should refer to the
|
|
|
|
|
`struct symbol' appropriate for the breakpoint's
|
|
|
|
|
address, which may not be the PC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Even if it were never called from another context,
|
|
|
|
|
it's totally bizarre for lookup_symbol's behavior to
|
|
|
|
|
depend on the value of the inferior's current PC. We
|
|
|
|
|
should pass in the appropriate PC as well as the
|
|
|
|
|
block. The interface to lookup_symbol should change
|
|
|
|
|
to require the caller to provide a PC. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (SYMBOL_ALIASES (sym))
|
|
|
|
|
sym = find_active_alias (sym, read_pc ());
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sym_found = sym;
|
|
|
|
|
if (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_ARG &&
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_LOCAL_ARG &&
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_REF_ARG &&
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_REGPARM &&
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_REGPARM_ADDR &&
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_BASEREG_ARG)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
bot++;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
return (sym_found); /* Will be NULL if not found. */
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Given a main symbol SYM and ADDR, search through the alias
|
|
|
|
|
list to determine if an alias is active at ADDR and return
|
|
|
|
|
the active alias.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If no alias is active, then return SYM. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static struct symbol *
|
2000-07-30 01:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
find_active_alias (struct symbol *sym, CORE_ADDR addr)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct range_list *r;
|
|
|
|
|
struct alias_list *aliases;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If we have aliases, check them first. */
|
|
|
|
|
aliases = SYMBOL_ALIASES (sym);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (aliases)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (!SYMBOL_RANGES (aliases->sym))
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return aliases->sym;
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
for (r = SYMBOL_RANGES (aliases->sym); r; r = r->next)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (r->start <= addr && r->end > addr)
|
|
|
|
|
return aliases->sym;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
aliases = aliases->next;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Nothing found, return the main symbol. */
|
|
|
|
|
return sym;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Return the symbol for the function which contains a specified
|
|
|
|
|
lexical block, described by a struct block BL. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct symbol *
|
2000-07-30 01:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
block_function (struct block *bl)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
while (BLOCK_FUNCTION (bl) == 0 && BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (bl) != 0)
|
|
|
|
|
bl = BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (bl);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return BLOCK_FUNCTION (bl);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Find the symtab associated with PC and SECTION. Look through the
|
|
|
|
|
psymtabs and read in another symtab if necessary. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct symtab *
|
2000-07-30 01:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
find_pc_sect_symtab (CORE_ADDR pc, asection *section)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register struct block *b;
|
|
|
|
|
struct blockvector *bv;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct symtab *s = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct symtab *best_s = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct partial_symtab *ps;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct objfile *objfile;
|
|
|
|
|
CORE_ADDR distance = 0;
|
2002-01-31 05:03:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
struct minimal_symbol *msymbol;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If we know that this is not a text address, return failure. This is
|
|
|
|
|
necessary because we loop based on the block's high and low code
|
|
|
|
|
addresses, which do not include the data ranges, and because
|
|
|
|
|
we call find_pc_sect_psymtab which has a similar restriction based
|
|
|
|
|
on the partial_symtab's texthigh and textlow. */
|
|
|
|
|
msymbol = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc_section (pc, section);
|
|
|
|
|
if (msymbol
|
|
|
|
|
&& (msymbol->type == mst_data
|
|
|
|
|
|| msymbol->type == mst_bss
|
|
|
|
|
|| msymbol->type == mst_abs
|
|
|
|
|
|| msymbol->type == mst_file_data
|
|
|
|
|
|| msymbol->type == mst_file_bss))
|
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Search all symtabs for the one whose file contains our address, and which
|
|
|
|
|
is the smallest of all the ones containing the address. This is designed
|
|
|
|
|
to deal with a case like symtab a is at 0x1000-0x2000 and 0x3000-0x4000
|
|
|
|
|
and symtab b is at 0x2000-0x3000. So the GLOBAL_BLOCK for a is from
|
|
|
|
|
0x1000-0x4000, but for address 0x2345 we want to return symtab b.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This happens for native ecoff format, where code from included files
|
|
|
|
|
gets its own symtab. The symtab for the included file should have
|
|
|
|
|
been read in already via the dependency mechanism.
|
|
|
|
|
It might be swifter to create several symtabs with the same name
|
|
|
|
|
like xcoff does (I'm not sure).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
It also happens for objfiles that have their functions reordered.
|
|
|
|
|
For these, the symtab we are looking for is not necessarily read in. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s);
|
|
|
|
|
b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK);
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (BLOCK_START (b) <= pc
|
|
|
|
|
&& BLOCK_END (b) > pc
|
|
|
|
|
&& (distance == 0
|
|
|
|
|
|| BLOCK_END (b) - BLOCK_START (b) < distance))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* For an objfile that has its functions reordered,
|
|
|
|
|
find_pc_psymtab will find the proper partial symbol table
|
|
|
|
|
and we simply return its corresponding symtab. */
|
|
|
|
|
/* In order to better support objfiles that contain both
|
|
|
|
|
stabs and coff debugging info, we continue on if a psymtab
|
|
|
|
|
can't be found. */
|
|
|
|
|
if ((objfile->flags & OBJF_REORDERED) && objfile->psymtabs)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
ps = find_pc_sect_psymtab (pc, section);
|
|
|
|
|
if (ps)
|
|
|
|
|
return PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB (ps);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (section != 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < b->nsyms; i++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
fixup_symbol_section (b->sym[i], objfile);
|
|
|
|
|
if (section == SYMBOL_BFD_SECTION (b->sym[i]))
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (i >= b->nsyms)
|
|
|
|
|
continue; /* no symbol in this symtab matches section */
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
distance = BLOCK_END (b) - BLOCK_START (b);
|
|
|
|
|
best_s = s;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (best_s != NULL)
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return (best_s);
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
s = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
ps = find_pc_sect_psymtab (pc, section);
|
|
|
|
|
if (ps)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (ps->readin)
|
|
|
|
|
/* Might want to error() here (in case symtab is corrupt and
|
|
|
|
|
will cause a core dump), but maybe we can successfully
|
|
|
|
|
continue, so let's not. */
|
|
|
|
|
warning ("\
|
2000-07-11 07:56:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(Internal error: pc 0x%s in read in psymtab, but not in symtab.)\n",
|
|
|
|
|
paddr_nz (pc));
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
s = PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB (ps);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
return (s);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Find the symtab associated with PC. Look through the psymtabs and
|
|
|
|
|
read in another symtab if necessary. Backward compatibility, no section */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct symtab *
|
2000-07-30 01:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
find_pc_symtab (CORE_ADDR pc)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return find_pc_sect_symtab (pc, find_pc_mapped_section (pc));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#if 0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Find the closest symbol value (of any sort -- function or variable)
|
|
|
|
|
for a given address value. Slow but complete. (currently unused,
|
|
|
|
|
mainly because it is too slow. We could fix it if each symtab and
|
|
|
|
|
psymtab had contained in it the addresses ranges of each of its
|
|
|
|
|
sections, which also would be required to make things like "info
|
|
|
|
|
line *0x2345" cause psymtabs to be converted to symtabs). */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct symbol *
|
2000-07-30 01:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
find_addr_symbol (CORE_ADDR addr, struct symtab **symtabp, CORE_ADDR *symaddrp)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct symtab *symtab, *best_symtab;
|
|
|
|
|
struct objfile *objfile;
|
|
|
|
|
register int bot, top;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct symbol *sym;
|
|
|
|
|
register CORE_ADDR sym_addr;
|
|
|
|
|
struct block *block;
|
|
|
|
|
int blocknum;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Info on best symbol seen so far */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
register CORE_ADDR best_sym_addr = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
struct symbol *best_sym = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* FIXME -- we should pull in all the psymtabs, too! */
|
|
|
|
|
ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, symtab)
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Search the global and static blocks in this symtab for
|
|
|
|
|
the closest symbol-address to the desired address. */
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
for (blocknum = GLOBAL_BLOCK; blocknum <= STATIC_BLOCK; blocknum++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
QUIT;
|
|
|
|
|
block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (symtab), blocknum);
|
|
|
|
|
top = BLOCK_NSYMS (block);
|
|
|
|
|
for (bot = 0; bot < top; bot++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
sym = BLOCK_SYM (block, bot);
|
|
|
|
|
switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
case LOC_STATIC:
|
|
|
|
|
case LOC_LABEL:
|
|
|
|
|
sym_addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (sym);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case LOC_INDIRECT:
|
|
|
|
|
sym_addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (sym);
|
|
|
|
|
/* An indirect symbol really lives at *sym_addr,
|
|
|
|
|
* so an indirection needs to be done.
|
|
|
|
|
* However, I am leaving this commented out because it's
|
|
|
|
|
* expensive, and it's possible that symbolization
|
|
|
|
|
* could be done without an active process (in
|
|
|
|
|
* case this read_memory will fail). RT
|
|
|
|
|
sym_addr = read_memory_unsigned_integer
|
|
|
|
|
(sym_addr, TARGET_PTR_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT);
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
case LOC_BLOCK:
|
|
|
|
|
sym_addr = BLOCK_START (SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (sym));
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (sym_addr <= addr)
|
|
|
|
|
if (sym_addr > best_sym_addr)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Quit if we found an exact match. */
|
|
|
|
|
best_sym = sym;
|
|
|
|
|
best_sym_addr = sym_addr;
|
|
|
|
|
best_symtab = symtab;
|
|
|
|
|
if (sym_addr == addr)
|
|
|
|
|
goto done;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
done:
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (symtabp)
|
|
|
|
|
*symtabp = best_symtab;
|
|
|
|
|
if (symaddrp)
|
|
|
|
|
*symaddrp = best_sym_addr;
|
|
|
|
|
return best_sym;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif /* 0 */
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-10-27 15:02:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Find the source file and line number for a given PC value and SECTION.
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Return a structure containing a symtab pointer, a line number,
|
|
|
|
|
and a pc range for the entire source line.
|
|
|
|
|
The value's .pc field is NOT the specified pc.
|
|
|
|
|
NOTCURRENT nonzero means, if specified pc is on a line boundary,
|
|
|
|
|
use the line that ends there. Otherwise, in that case, the line
|
|
|
|
|
that begins there is used. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* The big complication here is that a line may start in one file, and end just
|
|
|
|
|
before the start of another file. This usually occurs when you #include
|
|
|
|
|
code in the middle of a subroutine. To properly find the end of a line's PC
|
|
|
|
|
range, we must search all symtabs associated with this compilation unit, and
|
|
|
|
|
find the one whose first PC is closer than that of the next line in this
|
|
|
|
|
symtab. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If it's worth the effort, we could be using a binary search. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct symtab_and_line
|
2000-07-30 01:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
find_pc_sect_line (CORE_ADDR pc, struct sec *section, int notcurrent)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct symtab *s;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct linetable *l;
|
|
|
|
|
register int len;
|
|
|
|
|
register int i;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct linetable_entry *item;
|
|
|
|
|
struct symtab_and_line val;
|
|
|
|
|
struct blockvector *bv;
|
|
|
|
|
struct minimal_symbol *msymbol;
|
|
|
|
|
struct minimal_symbol *mfunsym;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Info on best line seen so far, and where it starts, and its file. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct linetable_entry *best = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
CORE_ADDR best_end = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
struct symtab *best_symtab = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Store here the first line number
|
|
|
|
|
of a file which contains the line at the smallest pc after PC.
|
|
|
|
|
If we don't find a line whose range contains PC,
|
|
|
|
|
we will use a line one less than this,
|
|
|
|
|
with a range from the start of that file to the first line's pc. */
|
|
|
|
|
struct linetable_entry *alt = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
struct symtab *alt_symtab = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Info on best line seen in this file. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct linetable_entry *prev;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If this pc is not from the current frame,
|
|
|
|
|
it is the address of the end of a call instruction.
|
|
|
|
|
Quite likely that is the start of the following statement.
|
|
|
|
|
But what we want is the statement containing the instruction.
|
|
|
|
|
Fudge the pc to make sure we get that. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
INIT_SAL (&val); /* initialize to zeroes */
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-11-27 00:03:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* It's tempting to assume that, if we can't find debugging info for
|
|
|
|
|
any function enclosing PC, that we shouldn't search for line
|
|
|
|
|
number info, either. However, GAS can emit line number info for
|
|
|
|
|
assembly files --- very helpful when debugging hand-written
|
|
|
|
|
assembly code. In such a case, we'd have no debug info for the
|
|
|
|
|
function, but we would have line info. */
|
2001-11-13 16:42:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (notcurrent)
|
|
|
|
|
pc -= 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* elz: added this because this function returned the wrong
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
information if the pc belongs to a stub (import/export)
|
|
|
|
|
to call a shlib function. This stub would be anywhere between
|
|
|
|
|
two functions in the target, and the line info was erroneously
|
|
|
|
|
taken to be the one of the line before the pc.
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*/
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* RT: Further explanation:
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
* We have stubs (trampolines) inserted between procedures.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Example: "shr1" exists in a shared library, and a "shr1" stub also
|
|
|
|
|
* exists in the main image.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* In the minimal symbol table, we have a bunch of symbols
|
|
|
|
|
* sorted by start address. The stubs are marked as "trampoline",
|
|
|
|
|
* the others appear as text. E.g.:
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Minimal symbol table for main image
|
|
|
|
|
* main: code for main (text symbol)
|
|
|
|
|
* shr1: stub (trampoline symbol)
|
|
|
|
|
* foo: code for foo (text symbol)
|
|
|
|
|
* ...
|
|
|
|
|
* Minimal symbol table for "shr1" image:
|
|
|
|
|
* ...
|
|
|
|
|
* shr1: code for shr1 (text symbol)
|
|
|
|
|
* ...
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* So the code below is trying to detect if we are in the stub
|
|
|
|
|
* ("shr1" stub), and if so, find the real code ("shr1" trampoline),
|
|
|
|
|
* and if found, do the symbolization from the real-code address
|
|
|
|
|
* rather than the stub address.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Assumptions being made about the minimal symbol table:
|
|
|
|
|
* 1. lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc() will return a trampoline only
|
|
|
|
|
* if we're really in the trampoline. If we're beyond it (say
|
|
|
|
|
* we're in "foo" in the above example), it'll have a closer
|
|
|
|
|
* symbol (the "foo" text symbol for example) and will not
|
|
|
|
|
* return the trampoline.
|
|
|
|
|
* 2. lookup_minimal_symbol_text() will find a real text symbol
|
|
|
|
|
* corresponding to the trampoline, and whose address will
|
|
|
|
|
* be different than the trampoline address. I put in a sanity
|
|
|
|
|
* check for the address being the same, to avoid an
|
|
|
|
|
* infinite recursion.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
msymbol = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (pc);
|
|
|
|
|
if (msymbol != NULL)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol) == mst_solib_trampoline)
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
mfunsym = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (SYMBOL_NAME (msymbol), NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
if (mfunsym == NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
/* I eliminated this warning since it is coming out
|
|
|
|
|
* in the following situation:
|
|
|
|
|
* gdb shmain // test program with shared libraries
|
|
|
|
|
* (gdb) break shr1 // function in shared lib
|
|
|
|
|
* Warning: In stub for ...
|
|
|
|
|
* In the above situation, the shared lib is not loaded yet,
|
|
|
|
|
* so of course we can't find the real func/line info,
|
|
|
|
|
* but the "break" still works, and the warning is annoying.
|
|
|
|
|
* So I commented out the warning. RT */
|
|
|
|
|
/* warning ("In stub for %s; unable to find real function/line info", SYMBOL_NAME(msymbol)) */ ;
|
|
|
|
|
/* fall through */
|
|
|
|
|
else if (SYMBOL_VALUE (mfunsym) == SYMBOL_VALUE (msymbol))
|
|
|
|
|
/* Avoid infinite recursion */
|
|
|
|
|
/* See above comment about why warning is commented out */
|
|
|
|
|
/* warning ("In stub for %s; unable to find real function/line info", SYMBOL_NAME(msymbol)) */ ;
|
|
|
|
|
/* fall through */
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
return find_pc_line (SYMBOL_VALUE (mfunsym), 0);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
s = find_pc_sect_symtab (pc, section);
|
|
|
|
|
if (!s)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* if no symbol information, return previous pc */
|
|
|
|
|
if (notcurrent)
|
|
|
|
|
pc++;
|
|
|
|
|
val.pc = pc;
|
|
|
|
|
return val;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Look at all the symtabs that share this blockvector.
|
|
|
|
|
They all have the same apriori range, that we found was right;
|
|
|
|
|
but they have different line tables. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (; s && BLOCKVECTOR (s) == bv; s = s->next)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Find the best line in this symtab. */
|
|
|
|
|
l = LINETABLE (s);
|
|
|
|
|
if (!l)
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
len = l->nitems;
|
|
|
|
|
if (len <= 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* I think len can be zero if the symtab lacks line numbers
|
|
|
|
|
(e.g. gcc -g1). (Either that or the LINETABLE is NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
I'm not sure which, and maybe it depends on the symbol
|
|
|
|
|
reader). */
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
prev = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
item = l->item; /* Get first line info */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Is this file's first line closer than the first lines of other files?
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
If so, record this file, and its first line, as best alternate. */
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (item->pc > pc && (!alt || item->pc < alt->pc))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
alt = item;
|
|
|
|
|
alt_symtab = s;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < len; i++, item++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Leave prev pointing to the linetable entry for the last line
|
|
|
|
|
that started at or before PC. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (item->pc > pc)
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
prev = item;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* At this point, prev points at the line whose start addr is <= pc, and
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
item points at the next line. If we ran off the end of the linetable
|
|
|
|
|
(pc >= start of the last line), then prev == item. If pc < start of
|
|
|
|
|
the first line, prev will not be set. */
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Is this file's best line closer than the best in the other files?
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
If so, record this file, and its best line, as best so far. */
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (prev && (!best || prev->pc > best->pc))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
best = prev;
|
|
|
|
|
best_symtab = s;
|
2001-03-27 01:17:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Discard BEST_END if it's before the PC of the current BEST. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (best_end <= best->pc)
|
|
|
|
|
best_end = 0;
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
2001-03-27 01:17:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If another line (denoted by ITEM) is in the linetable and its
|
|
|
|
|
PC is after BEST's PC, but before the current BEST_END, then
|
|
|
|
|
use ITEM's PC as the new best_end. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (best && i < len && item->pc > best->pc
|
|
|
|
|
&& (best_end == 0 || best_end > item->pc))
|
|
|
|
|
best_end = item->pc;
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!best_symtab)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (!alt_symtab)
|
|
|
|
|
{ /* If we didn't find any line # info, just
|
|
|
|
|
return zeros. */
|
|
|
|
|
val.pc = pc;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
val.symtab = alt_symtab;
|
|
|
|
|
val.line = alt->line - 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Don't return line 0, that means that we didn't find the line. */
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (val.line == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
++val.line;
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
val.pc = BLOCK_END (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK));
|
|
|
|
|
val.end = alt->pc;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2002-02-22 00:17:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
else if (best->line == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* If our best fit is in a range of PC's for which no line
|
|
|
|
|
number info is available (line number is zero) then we didn't
|
|
|
|
|
find any valid line information. */
|
|
|
|
|
val.pc = pc;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
val.symtab = best_symtab;
|
|
|
|
|
val.line = best->line;
|
|
|
|
|
val.pc = best->pc;
|
|
|
|
|
if (best_end && (!alt || best_end < alt->pc))
|
|
|
|
|
val.end = best_end;
|
|
|
|
|
else if (alt)
|
|
|
|
|
val.end = alt->pc;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
val.end = BLOCK_END (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
val.section = section;
|
|
|
|
|
return val;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Backward compatibility (no section) */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct symtab_and_line
|
2000-07-30 01:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
find_pc_line (CORE_ADDR pc, int notcurrent)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
asection *section;
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
|
|
|
|
|
if (pc_in_unmapped_range (pc, section))
|
|
|
|
|
pc = overlay_mapped_address (pc, section);
|
|
|
|
|
return find_pc_sect_line (pc, section, notcurrent);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Find line number LINE in any symtab whose name is the same as
|
|
|
|
|
SYMTAB.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If found, return the symtab that contains the linetable in which it was
|
|
|
|
|
found, set *INDEX to the index in the linetable of the best entry
|
|
|
|
|
found, and set *EXACT_MATCH nonzero if the value returned is an
|
|
|
|
|
exact match.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If not found, return NULL. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-11-10 23:02:56 +00:00
|
|
|
|
struct symtab *
|
2000-07-30 01:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
find_line_symtab (struct symtab *symtab, int line, int *index, int *exact_match)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int exact;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* BEST_INDEX and BEST_LINETABLE identify the smallest linenumber > LINE
|
|
|
|
|
so far seen. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int best_index;
|
|
|
|
|
struct linetable *best_linetable;
|
|
|
|
|
struct symtab *best_symtab;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* First try looking it up in the given symtab. */
|
|
|
|
|
best_linetable = LINETABLE (symtab);
|
|
|
|
|
best_symtab = symtab;
|
|
|
|
|
best_index = find_line_common (best_linetable, line, &exact);
|
|
|
|
|
if (best_index < 0 || !exact)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Didn't find an exact match. So we better keep looking for
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
another symtab with the same name. In the case of xcoff,
|
|
|
|
|
multiple csects for one source file (produced by IBM's FORTRAN
|
|
|
|
|
compiler) produce multiple symtabs (this is unavoidable
|
|
|
|
|
assuming csects can be at arbitrary places in memory and that
|
|
|
|
|
the GLOBAL_BLOCK of a symtab has a begin and end address). */
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* BEST is the smallest linenumber > LINE so far seen,
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
or 0 if none has been seen so far.
|
|
|
|
|
BEST_INDEX and BEST_LINETABLE identify the item for it. */
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
int best;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct objfile *objfile;
|
|
|
|
|
struct symtab *s;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (best_index >= 0)
|
|
|
|
|
best = best_linetable->item[best_index].line;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
best = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct linetable *l;
|
|
|
|
|
int ind;
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (!STREQ (symtab->filename, s->filename))
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
l = LINETABLE (s);
|
|
|
|
|
ind = find_line_common (l, line, &exact);
|
|
|
|
|
if (ind >= 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (exact)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
best_index = ind;
|
|
|
|
|
best_linetable = l;
|
|
|
|
|
best_symtab = s;
|
|
|
|
|
goto done;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (best == 0 || l->item[ind].line < best)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
best = l->item[ind].line;
|
|
|
|
|
best_index = ind;
|
|
|
|
|
best_linetable = l;
|
|
|
|
|
best_symtab = s;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
done:
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (best_index < 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (index)
|
|
|
|
|
*index = best_index;
|
|
|
|
|
if (exact_match)
|
|
|
|
|
*exact_match = exact;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return best_symtab;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Set the PC value for a given source file and line number and return true.
|
|
|
|
|
Returns zero for invalid line number (and sets the PC to 0).
|
|
|
|
|
The source file is specified with a struct symtab. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int
|
2000-07-30 01:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
find_line_pc (struct symtab *symtab, int line, CORE_ADDR *pc)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct linetable *l;
|
|
|
|
|
int ind;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*pc = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
if (symtab == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
symtab = find_line_symtab (symtab, line, &ind, NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
if (symtab != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
l = LINETABLE (symtab);
|
|
|
|
|
*pc = l->item[ind].pc;
|
|
|
|
|
return 1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Find the range of pc values in a line.
|
|
|
|
|
Store the starting pc of the line into *STARTPTR
|
|
|
|
|
and the ending pc (start of next line) into *ENDPTR.
|
|
|
|
|
Returns 1 to indicate success.
|
|
|
|
|
Returns 0 if could not find the specified line. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int
|
2000-07-30 01:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
find_line_pc_range (struct symtab_and_line sal, CORE_ADDR *startptr,
|
|
|
|
|
CORE_ADDR *endptr)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
CORE_ADDR startaddr;
|
|
|
|
|
struct symtab_and_line found_sal;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
startaddr = sal.pc;
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (startaddr == 0 && !find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &startaddr))
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* This whole function is based on address. For example, if line 10 has
|
|
|
|
|
two parts, one from 0x100 to 0x200 and one from 0x300 to 0x400, then
|
|
|
|
|
"info line *0x123" should say the line goes from 0x100 to 0x200
|
|
|
|
|
and "info line *0x355" should say the line goes from 0x300 to 0x400.
|
|
|
|
|
This also insures that we never give a range like "starts at 0x134
|
|
|
|
|
and ends at 0x12c". */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
found_sal = find_pc_sect_line (startaddr, sal.section, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
if (found_sal.line != sal.line)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* The specified line (sal) has zero bytes. */
|
|
|
|
|
*startptr = found_sal.pc;
|
|
|
|
|
*endptr = found_sal.pc;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
*startptr = found_sal.pc;
|
|
|
|
|
*endptr = found_sal.end;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
return 1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Given a line table and a line number, return the index into the line
|
|
|
|
|
table for the pc of the nearest line whose number is >= the specified one.
|
|
|
|
|
Return -1 if none is found. The value is >= 0 if it is an index.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Set *EXACT_MATCH nonzero if the value returned is an exact match. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int
|
2000-07-30 01:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
find_line_common (register struct linetable *l, register int lineno,
|
|
|
|
|
int *exact_match)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register int i;
|
|
|
|
|
register int len;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* BEST is the smallest linenumber > LINENO so far seen,
|
|
|
|
|
or 0 if none has been seen so far.
|
|
|
|
|
BEST_INDEX identifies the item for it. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int best_index = -1;
|
|
|
|
|
int best = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (lineno <= 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return -1;
|
|
|
|
|
if (l == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return -1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
len = l->nitems;
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register struct linetable_entry *item = &(l->item[i]);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (item->line == lineno)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return the first (lowest address) entry which matches. */
|
|
|
|
|
*exact_match = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
return i;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (item->line > lineno && (best == 0 || item->line < best))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
best = item->line;
|
|
|
|
|
best_index = i;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If we got here, we didn't get an exact match. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*exact_match = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
return best_index;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int
|
2000-07-30 01:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
find_pc_line_pc_range (CORE_ADDR pc, CORE_ADDR *startptr, CORE_ADDR *endptr)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct symtab_and_line sal;
|
|
|
|
|
sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
*startptr = sal.pc;
|
|
|
|
|
*endptr = sal.end;
|
|
|
|
|
return sal.symtab != 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Given a function symbol SYM, find the symtab and line for the start
|
|
|
|
|
of the function.
|
|
|
|
|
If the argument FUNFIRSTLINE is nonzero, we want the first line
|
|
|
|
|
of real code inside the function. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-11-10 23:02:56 +00:00
|
|
|
|
struct symtab_and_line
|
2000-07-30 01:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
find_function_start_sal (struct symbol *sym, int funfirstline)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
CORE_ADDR pc;
|
|
|
|
|
struct symtab_and_line sal;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pc = BLOCK_START (SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (sym));
|
|
|
|
|
fixup_symbol_section (sym, NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
if (funfirstline)
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{ /* skip "first line" of function (which is actually its prologue) */
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
asection *section = SYMBOL_BFD_SECTION (sym);
|
|
|
|
|
/* If function is in an unmapped overlay, use its unmapped LMA
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
address, so that SKIP_PROLOGUE has something unique to work on */
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (section_is_overlay (section) &&
|
|
|
|
|
!section_is_mapped (section))
|
|
|
|
|
pc = overlay_unmapped_address (pc, section);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pc += FUNCTION_START_OFFSET;
|
1999-05-05 14:45:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
pc = SKIP_PROLOGUE (pc);
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* For overlays, map pc back into its mapped VMA range */
|
|
|
|
|
pc = overlay_mapped_address (pc, section);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
sal = find_pc_sect_line (pc, SYMBOL_BFD_SECTION (sym), 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef PROLOGUE_FIRSTLINE_OVERLAP
|
|
|
|
|
/* Convex: no need to suppress code on first line, if any */
|
|
|
|
|
sal.pc = pc;
|
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
|
/* Check if SKIP_PROLOGUE left us in mid-line, and the next
|
|
|
|
|
line is still part of the same function. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (sal.pc != pc
|
|
|
|
|
&& BLOCK_START (SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (sym)) <= sal.end
|
|
|
|
|
&& sal.end < BLOCK_END (SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (sym)))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* First pc of next line */
|
|
|
|
|
pc = sal.end;
|
|
|
|
|
/* Recalculate the line number (might not be N+1). */
|
|
|
|
|
sal = find_pc_sect_line (pc, SYMBOL_BFD_SECTION (sym), 0);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
sal.pc = pc;
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return sal;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2000-11-10 23:02:56 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* If P is of the form "operator[ \t]+..." where `...' is
|
|
|
|
|
some legitimate operator text, return a pointer to the
|
|
|
|
|
beginning of the substring of the operator text.
|
|
|
|
|
Otherwise, return "". */
|
|
|
|
|
char *
|
2000-07-30 01:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
operator_chars (char *p, char **end)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
*end = "";
|
|
|
|
|
if (strncmp (p, "operator", 8))
|
|
|
|
|
return *end;
|
|
|
|
|
p += 8;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Don't get faked out by `operator' being part of a longer
|
|
|
|
|
identifier. */
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (isalpha (*p) || *p == '_' || *p == '$' || *p == '\0')
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return *end;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Allow some whitespace between `operator' and the operator symbol. */
|
|
|
|
|
while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t')
|
|
|
|
|
p++;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Recognize 'operator TYPENAME'. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (isalpha (*p) || *p == '_' || *p == '$')
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
register char *q = p + 1;
|
|
|
|
|
while (isalnum (*q) || *q == '_' || *q == '$')
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
q++;
|
|
|
|
|
*end = q;
|
|
|
|
|
return p;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-11-05 23:27:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
while (*p)
|
|
|
|
|
switch (*p)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
case '\\': /* regexp quoting */
|
|
|
|
|
if (p[1] == '*')
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (p[2] == '=') /* 'operator\*=' */
|
|
|
|
|
*end = p + 3;
|
|
|
|
|
else /* 'operator\*' */
|
|
|
|
|
*end = p + 2;
|
|
|
|
|
return p;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else if (p[1] == '[')
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (p[2] == ']')
|
|
|
|
|
error ("mismatched quoting on brackets, try 'operator\\[\\]'");
|
|
|
|
|
else if (p[2] == '\\' && p[3] == ']')
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
*end = p + 4; /* 'operator\[\]' */
|
|
|
|
|
return p;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
error ("nothing is allowed between '[' and ']'");
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Gratuitous qoute: skip it and move on. */
|
|
|
|
|
p++;
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case '!':
|
|
|
|
|
case '=':
|
|
|
|
|
case '*':
|
|
|
|
|
case '/':
|
|
|
|
|
case '%':
|
|
|
|
|
case '^':
|
|
|
|
|
if (p[1] == '=')
|
|
|
|
|
*end = p + 2;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
*end = p + 1;
|
|
|
|
|
return p;
|
|
|
|
|
case '<':
|
|
|
|
|
case '>':
|
|
|
|
|
case '+':
|
|
|
|
|
case '-':
|
|
|
|
|
case '&':
|
|
|
|
|
case '|':
|
|
|
|
|
if (p[0] == '-' && p[1] == '>')
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Struct pointer member operator 'operator->'. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (p[2] == '*')
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
*end = p + 3; /* 'operator->*' */
|
|
|
|
|
return p;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else if (p[2] == '\\')
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
*end = p + 4; /* Hopefully 'operator->\*' */
|
|
|
|
|
return p;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
*end = p + 2; /* 'operator->' */
|
|
|
|
|
return p;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (p[1] == '=' || p[1] == p[0])
|
|
|
|
|
*end = p + 2;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
*end = p + 1;
|
|
|
|
|
return p;
|
|
|
|
|
case '~':
|
|
|
|
|
case ',':
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*end = p + 1;
|
2001-11-05 23:27:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return p;
|
|
|
|
|
case '(':
|
|
|
|
|
if (p[1] != ')')
|
|
|
|
|
error ("`operator ()' must be specified without whitespace in `()'");
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*end = p + 2;
|
2001-11-05 23:27:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return p;
|
|
|
|
|
case '?':
|
|
|
|
|
if (p[1] != ':')
|
|
|
|
|
error ("`operator ?:' must be specified without whitespace in `?:'");
|
|
|
|
|
*end = p + 2;
|
|
|
|
|
return p;
|
|
|
|
|
case '[':
|
|
|
|
|
if (p[1] != ']')
|
|
|
|
|
error ("`operator []' must be specified without whitespace in `[]'");
|
|
|
|
|
*end = p + 2;
|
|
|
|
|
return p;
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
error ("`operator %s' not supported", p);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*end = "";
|
|
|
|
|
return *end;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
* completer.c (gdb_completer_loc_break_characters): New variable.
(line_completion_function): If we are completing on locations,
back up the start of word pointer past all characters which can
appear in a location spec.
(location_completer): New function.
* completer.h: Add prototype for location_completer.
* symtab.c (make_source_files_completion_list)
(add_filename_to_list, not_interesting_fname): New functions.
(filename_seen): New function, body extracted from
output_source_filename.
(output_source_filename): Call filename_seen to check if the file
was already printed.
(make_symbol_completion_list): If TEXT includes a
double-quoted string, return an empty list, not NULL.
(make_file_symbol_completion_list): New function, similar to
make_symbol_completion_list but with an additional argument
SRCFILE.
* symtab.h (make_file_symbol_completion_list)
(make_source_files_completion_list): Add prototypes.
* breakpoint.c (_initialize_breakpoint): Make location_completer
be the completion function for all commands which set breakpoints
and watchpoints.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
* tracepoint.c (_initialize_tracepoint): Make location_completer
be the completion function for the "trace" command.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
* printcmd.c (_initialize_printcmd): Make location_completer be
the completion function for the "print", "inspect", "call", and
"disassemble" commands.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
* infcmd.c (_initialize_infcmd): Make location_completer be the
completion function for the "go", "jump", and "until" commands.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
2001-06-11 16:05:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* If FILE is not already in the table of files, return zero;
|
|
|
|
|
otherwise return non-zero. Optionally add FILE to the table if ADD
|
|
|
|
|
is non-zero. If *FIRST is non-zero, forget the old table
|
|
|
|
|
contents. */
|
|
|
|
|
static int
|
|
|
|
|
filename_seen (const char *file, int add, int *first)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
* completer.c (gdb_completer_loc_break_characters): New variable.
(line_completion_function): If we are completing on locations,
back up the start of word pointer past all characters which can
appear in a location spec.
(location_completer): New function.
* completer.h: Add prototype for location_completer.
* symtab.c (make_source_files_completion_list)
(add_filename_to_list, not_interesting_fname): New functions.
(filename_seen): New function, body extracted from
output_source_filename.
(output_source_filename): Call filename_seen to check if the file
was already printed.
(make_symbol_completion_list): If TEXT includes a
double-quoted string, return an empty list, not NULL.
(make_file_symbol_completion_list): New function, similar to
make_symbol_completion_list but with an additional argument
SRCFILE.
* symtab.h (make_file_symbol_completion_list)
(make_source_files_completion_list): Add prototypes.
* breakpoint.c (_initialize_breakpoint): Make location_completer
be the completion function for all commands which set breakpoints
and watchpoints.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
* tracepoint.c (_initialize_tracepoint): Make location_completer
be the completion function for the "trace" command.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
* printcmd.c (_initialize_printcmd): Make location_completer be
the completion function for the "print", "inspect", "call", and
"disassemble" commands.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
* infcmd.c (_initialize_infcmd): Make location_completer be the
completion function for the "go", "jump", and "until" commands.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
2001-06-11 16:05:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Table of files seen so far. */
|
|
|
|
|
static const char **tab = NULL;
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Allocated size of tab in elements.
|
|
|
|
|
Start with one 256-byte block (when using GNU malloc.c).
|
|
|
|
|
24 is the malloc overhead when range checking is in effect. */
|
|
|
|
|
static int tab_alloc_size = (256 - 24) / sizeof (char *);
|
|
|
|
|
/* Current size of tab in elements. */
|
|
|
|
|
static int tab_cur_size;
|
* completer.c (gdb_completer_loc_break_characters): New variable.
(line_completion_function): If we are completing on locations,
back up the start of word pointer past all characters which can
appear in a location spec.
(location_completer): New function.
* completer.h: Add prototype for location_completer.
* symtab.c (make_source_files_completion_list)
(add_filename_to_list, not_interesting_fname): New functions.
(filename_seen): New function, body extracted from
output_source_filename.
(output_source_filename): Call filename_seen to check if the file
was already printed.
(make_symbol_completion_list): If TEXT includes a
double-quoted string, return an empty list, not NULL.
(make_file_symbol_completion_list): New function, similar to
make_symbol_completion_list but with an additional argument
SRCFILE.
* symtab.h (make_file_symbol_completion_list)
(make_source_files_completion_list): Add prototypes.
* breakpoint.c (_initialize_breakpoint): Make location_completer
be the completion function for all commands which set breakpoints
and watchpoints.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
* tracepoint.c (_initialize_tracepoint): Make location_completer
be the completion function for the "trace" command.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
* printcmd.c (_initialize_printcmd): Make location_completer be
the completion function for the "print", "inspect", "call", and
"disassemble" commands.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
* infcmd.c (_initialize_infcmd): Make location_completer be the
completion function for the "go", "jump", and "until" commands.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
2001-06-11 16:05:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
const char **p;
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (*first)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (tab == NULL)
|
* completer.c (gdb_completer_loc_break_characters): New variable.
(line_completion_function): If we are completing on locations,
back up the start of word pointer past all characters which can
appear in a location spec.
(location_completer): New function.
* completer.h: Add prototype for location_completer.
* symtab.c (make_source_files_completion_list)
(add_filename_to_list, not_interesting_fname): New functions.
(filename_seen): New function, body extracted from
output_source_filename.
(output_source_filename): Call filename_seen to check if the file
was already printed.
(make_symbol_completion_list): If TEXT includes a
double-quoted string, return an empty list, not NULL.
(make_file_symbol_completion_list): New function, similar to
make_symbol_completion_list but with an additional argument
SRCFILE.
* symtab.h (make_file_symbol_completion_list)
(make_source_files_completion_list): Add prototypes.
* breakpoint.c (_initialize_breakpoint): Make location_completer
be the completion function for all commands which set breakpoints
and watchpoints.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
* tracepoint.c (_initialize_tracepoint): Make location_completer
be the completion function for the "trace" command.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
* printcmd.c (_initialize_printcmd): Make location_completer be
the completion function for the "print", "inspect", "call", and
"disassemble" commands.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
* infcmd.c (_initialize_infcmd): Make location_completer be the
completion function for the "go", "jump", and "until" commands.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
2001-06-11 16:05:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
tab = (const char **) xmalloc (tab_alloc_size * sizeof (*tab));
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
tab_cur_size = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
* completer.c (gdb_completer_loc_break_characters): New variable.
(line_completion_function): If we are completing on locations,
back up the start of word pointer past all characters which can
appear in a location spec.
(location_completer): New function.
* completer.h: Add prototype for location_completer.
* symtab.c (make_source_files_completion_list)
(add_filename_to_list, not_interesting_fname): New functions.
(filename_seen): New function, body extracted from
output_source_filename.
(output_source_filename): Call filename_seen to check if the file
was already printed.
(make_symbol_completion_list): If TEXT includes a
double-quoted string, return an empty list, not NULL.
(make_file_symbol_completion_list): New function, similar to
make_symbol_completion_list but with an additional argument
SRCFILE.
* symtab.h (make_file_symbol_completion_list)
(make_source_files_completion_list): Add prototypes.
* breakpoint.c (_initialize_breakpoint): Make location_completer
be the completion function for all commands which set breakpoints
and watchpoints.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
* tracepoint.c (_initialize_tracepoint): Make location_completer
be the completion function for the "trace" command.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
* printcmd.c (_initialize_printcmd): Make location_completer be
the completion function for the "print", "inspect", "call", and
"disassemble" commands.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
* infcmd.c (_initialize_infcmd): Make location_completer be the
completion function for the "go", "jump", and "until" commands.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
2001-06-11 16:05:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Is FILE in tab? */
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
for (p = tab; p < tab + tab_cur_size; p++)
|
* completer.c (gdb_completer_loc_break_characters): New variable.
(line_completion_function): If we are completing on locations,
back up the start of word pointer past all characters which can
appear in a location spec.
(location_completer): New function.
* completer.h: Add prototype for location_completer.
* symtab.c (make_source_files_completion_list)
(add_filename_to_list, not_interesting_fname): New functions.
(filename_seen): New function, body extracted from
output_source_filename.
(output_source_filename): Call filename_seen to check if the file
was already printed.
(make_symbol_completion_list): If TEXT includes a
double-quoted string, return an empty list, not NULL.
(make_file_symbol_completion_list): New function, similar to
make_symbol_completion_list but with an additional argument
SRCFILE.
* symtab.h (make_file_symbol_completion_list)
(make_source_files_completion_list): Add prototypes.
* breakpoint.c (_initialize_breakpoint): Make location_completer
be the completion function for all commands which set breakpoints
and watchpoints.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
* tracepoint.c (_initialize_tracepoint): Make location_completer
be the completion function for the "trace" command.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
* printcmd.c (_initialize_printcmd): Make location_completer be
the completion function for the "print", "inspect", "call", and
"disassemble" commands.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
* infcmd.c (_initialize_infcmd): Make location_completer be the
completion function for the "go", "jump", and "until" commands.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
2001-06-11 16:05:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (strcmp (*p, file) == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* No; maybe add it to tab. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (add)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
* completer.c (gdb_completer_loc_break_characters): New variable.
(line_completion_function): If we are completing on locations,
back up the start of word pointer past all characters which can
appear in a location spec.
(location_completer): New function.
* completer.h: Add prototype for location_completer.
* symtab.c (make_source_files_completion_list)
(add_filename_to_list, not_interesting_fname): New functions.
(filename_seen): New function, body extracted from
output_source_filename.
(output_source_filename): Call filename_seen to check if the file
was already printed.
(make_symbol_completion_list): If TEXT includes a
double-quoted string, return an empty list, not NULL.
(make_file_symbol_completion_list): New function, similar to
make_symbol_completion_list but with an additional argument
SRCFILE.
* symtab.h (make_file_symbol_completion_list)
(make_source_files_completion_list): Add prototypes.
* breakpoint.c (_initialize_breakpoint): Make location_completer
be the completion function for all commands which set breakpoints
and watchpoints.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
* tracepoint.c (_initialize_tracepoint): Make location_completer
be the completion function for the "trace" command.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
* printcmd.c (_initialize_printcmd): Make location_completer be
the completion function for the "print", "inspect", "call", and
"disassemble" commands.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
* infcmd.c (_initialize_infcmd): Make location_completer be the
completion function for the "go", "jump", and "until" commands.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
2001-06-11 16:05:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (tab_cur_size == tab_alloc_size)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
tab_alloc_size *= 2;
|
|
|
|
|
tab = (const char **) xrealloc ((char *) tab,
|
|
|
|
|
tab_alloc_size * sizeof (*tab));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
tab[tab_cur_size++] = file;
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
* completer.c (gdb_completer_loc_break_characters): New variable.
(line_completion_function): If we are completing on locations,
back up the start of word pointer past all characters which can
appear in a location spec.
(location_completer): New function.
* completer.h: Add prototype for location_completer.
* symtab.c (make_source_files_completion_list)
(add_filename_to_list, not_interesting_fname): New functions.
(filename_seen): New function, body extracted from
output_source_filename.
(output_source_filename): Call filename_seen to check if the file
was already printed.
(make_symbol_completion_list): If TEXT includes a
double-quoted string, return an empty list, not NULL.
(make_file_symbol_completion_list): New function, similar to
make_symbol_completion_list but with an additional argument
SRCFILE.
* symtab.h (make_file_symbol_completion_list)
(make_source_files_completion_list): Add prototypes.
* breakpoint.c (_initialize_breakpoint): Make location_completer
be the completion function for all commands which set breakpoints
and watchpoints.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
* tracepoint.c (_initialize_tracepoint): Make location_completer
be the completion function for the "trace" command.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
* printcmd.c (_initialize_printcmd): Make location_completer be
the completion function for the "print", "inspect", "call", and
"disassemble" commands.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
* infcmd.c (_initialize_infcmd): Make location_completer be the
completion function for the "go", "jump", and "until" commands.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
2001-06-11 16:05:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Slave routine for sources_info. Force line breaks at ,'s.
|
|
|
|
|
NAME is the name to print and *FIRST is nonzero if this is the first
|
|
|
|
|
name printed. Set *FIRST to zero. */
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
output_source_filename (char *name, int *first)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Since a single source file can result in several partial symbol
|
|
|
|
|
tables, we need to avoid printing it more than once. Note: if
|
|
|
|
|
some of the psymtabs are read in and some are not, it gets
|
|
|
|
|
printed both under "Source files for which symbols have been
|
|
|
|
|
read" and "Source files for which symbols will be read in on
|
|
|
|
|
demand". I consider this a reasonable way to deal with the
|
|
|
|
|
situation. I'm not sure whether this can also happen for
|
|
|
|
|
symtabs; it doesn't hurt to check. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Was NAME already seen? */
|
|
|
|
|
if (filename_seen (name, 1, first))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Yes; don't print it again. */
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
/* No; print it and reset *FIRST. */
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (*first)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
*first = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
printf_filtered (", ");
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
wrap_here ("");
|
|
|
|
|
fputs_filtered (name, gdb_stdout);
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
2000-07-30 01:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
sources_info (char *ignore, int from_tty)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register struct symtab *s;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct partial_symtab *ps;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct objfile *objfile;
|
|
|
|
|
int first;
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (!have_full_symbols () && !have_partial_symbols ())
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2000-11-19 17:27:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
error ("No symbol table is loaded. Use the \"file\" command.");
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
printf_filtered ("Source files for which symbols have been read in:\n\n");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
first = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
output_source_filename (s->filename, &first);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
printf_filtered ("\n\n");
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
printf_filtered ("Source files for which symbols will be read in on demand:\n\n");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
first = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
ALL_PSYMTABS (objfile, ps)
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (!ps->readin)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
output_source_filename (ps->filename, &first);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
printf_filtered ("\n");
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int
|
2000-10-28 22:15:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
file_matches (char *file, char *files[], int nfiles)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (file != NULL && nfiles != 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < nfiles; i++)
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
2001-06-13 18:30:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (strcmp (files[i], lbasename (file)) == 0)
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return 1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else if (nfiles == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return 1;
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Free any memory associated with a search. */
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
2000-07-30 01:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
free_search_symbols (struct symbol_search *symbols)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct symbol_search *p;
|
|
|
|
|
struct symbol_search *next;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (p = symbols; p != NULL; p = next)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
next = p->next;
|
2000-12-15 01:01:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
xfree (p);
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-29 13:18:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
do_free_search_symbols_cleanup (void *symbols)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
free_search_symbols (symbols);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct cleanup *
|
|
|
|
|
make_cleanup_free_search_symbols (struct symbol_search *symbols)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return make_cleanup (do_free_search_symbols_cleanup, symbols);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-11 03:21:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Helper function for sort_search_symbols and qsort. Can only
|
|
|
|
|
sort symbols, not minimal symbols. */
|
|
|
|
|
static int
|
|
|
|
|
compare_search_syms (const void *sa, const void *sb)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct symbol_search **sym_a = (struct symbol_search **) sa;
|
|
|
|
|
struct symbol_search **sym_b = (struct symbol_search **) sb;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return strcmp (SYMBOL_SOURCE_NAME ((*sym_a)->symbol),
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_SOURCE_NAME ((*sym_b)->symbol));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Sort the ``nfound'' symbols in the list after prevtail. Leave
|
|
|
|
|
prevtail where it is, but update its next pointer to point to
|
|
|
|
|
the first of the sorted symbols. */
|
|
|
|
|
static struct symbol_search *
|
|
|
|
|
sort_search_symbols (struct symbol_search *prevtail, int nfound)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct symbol_search **symbols, *symp, *old_next;
|
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
symbols = (struct symbol_search **) xmalloc (sizeof (struct symbol_search *)
|
|
|
|
|
* nfound);
|
|
|
|
|
symp = prevtail->next;
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < nfound; i++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
symbols[i] = symp;
|
|
|
|
|
symp = symp->next;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
/* Generally NULL. */
|
|
|
|
|
old_next = symp;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
qsort (symbols, nfound, sizeof (struct symbol_search *),
|
|
|
|
|
compare_search_syms);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
symp = prevtail;
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < nfound; i++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
symp->next = symbols[i];
|
|
|
|
|
symp = symp->next;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
symp->next = old_next;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-24 01:44:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
xfree (symbols);
|
2002-02-11 03:21:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return symp;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2000-05-29 13:18:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Search the symbol table for matches to the regular expression REGEXP,
|
|
|
|
|
returning the results in *MATCHES.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Only symbols of KIND are searched:
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
FUNCTIONS_NAMESPACE - search all functions
|
|
|
|
|
TYPES_NAMESPACE - search all type names
|
|
|
|
|
METHODS_NAMESPACE - search all methods NOT IMPLEMENTED
|
|
|
|
|
VARIABLES_NAMESPACE - search all symbols, excluding functions, type names,
|
|
|
|
|
and constants (enums)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
free_search_symbols should be called when *MATCHES is no longer needed.
|
2002-02-11 03:21:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The results are sorted locally; each symtab's global and static blocks are
|
|
|
|
|
separately alphabetized.
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*/
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
void
|
2000-10-28 22:15:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
search_symbols (char *regexp, namespace_enum kind, int nfiles, char *files[],
|
|
|
|
|
struct symbol_search **matches)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register struct symtab *s;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct partial_symtab *ps;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct blockvector *bv;
|
|
|
|
|
struct blockvector *prev_bv = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct block *b;
|
|
|
|
|
register int i = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
register int j;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct symbol *sym;
|
|
|
|
|
struct partial_symbol **psym;
|
|
|
|
|
struct objfile *objfile;
|
|
|
|
|
struct minimal_symbol *msymbol;
|
|
|
|
|
char *val;
|
|
|
|
|
int found_misc = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
static enum minimal_symbol_type types[]
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
=
|
|
|
|
|
{mst_data, mst_text, mst_abs, mst_unknown};
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
static enum minimal_symbol_type types2[]
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
=
|
|
|
|
|
{mst_bss, mst_file_text, mst_abs, mst_unknown};
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
static enum minimal_symbol_type types3[]
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
=
|
|
|
|
|
{mst_file_data, mst_solib_trampoline, mst_abs, mst_unknown};
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
static enum minimal_symbol_type types4[]
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
=
|
|
|
|
|
{mst_file_bss, mst_text, mst_abs, mst_unknown};
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
enum minimal_symbol_type ourtype;
|
|
|
|
|
enum minimal_symbol_type ourtype2;
|
|
|
|
|
enum minimal_symbol_type ourtype3;
|
|
|
|
|
enum minimal_symbol_type ourtype4;
|
|
|
|
|
struct symbol_search *sr;
|
|
|
|
|
struct symbol_search *psr;
|
|
|
|
|
struct symbol_search *tail;
|
|
|
|
|
struct cleanup *old_chain = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-02-27 21:57:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (kind < VARIABLES_NAMESPACE)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
error ("must search on specific namespace");
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-25 20:51:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
ourtype = types[(int) (kind - VARIABLES_NAMESPACE)];
|
|
|
|
|
ourtype2 = types2[(int) (kind - VARIABLES_NAMESPACE)];
|
|
|
|
|
ourtype3 = types3[(int) (kind - VARIABLES_NAMESPACE)];
|
|
|
|
|
ourtype4 = types4[(int) (kind - VARIABLES_NAMESPACE)];
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sr = *matches = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
tail = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (regexp != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Make sure spacing is right for C++ operators.
|
|
|
|
|
This is just a courtesy to make the matching less sensitive
|
|
|
|
|
to how many spaces the user leaves between 'operator'
|
|
|
|
|
and <TYPENAME> or <OPERATOR>. */
|
|
|
|
|
char *opend;
|
|
|
|
|
char *opname = operator_chars (regexp, &opend);
|
|
|
|
|
if (*opname)
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int fix = -1; /* -1 means ok; otherwise number of spaces needed. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (isalpha (*opname) || *opname == '_' || *opname == '$')
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* There should 1 space between 'operator' and 'TYPENAME'. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (opname[-1] != ' ' || opname[-2] == ' ')
|
|
|
|
|
fix = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* There should 0 spaces between 'operator' and 'OPERATOR'. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (opname[-1] == ' ')
|
|
|
|
|
fix = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
/* If wrong number of spaces, fix it. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (fix >= 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2001-12-03 19:30:39 +00:00
|
|
|
|
char *tmp = (char *) alloca (8 + fix + strlen (opname) + 1);
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
sprintf (tmp, "operator%.*s%s", fix, " ", opname);
|
|
|
|
|
regexp = tmp;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (0 != (val = re_comp (regexp)))
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
error ("Invalid regexp (%s): %s", val, regexp);
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Search through the partial symtabs *first* for all symbols
|
|
|
|
|
matching the regexp. That way we don't have to reproduce all of
|
|
|
|
|
the machinery below. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ALL_PSYMTABS (objfile, ps)
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct partial_symbol **bound, **gbound, **sbound;
|
|
|
|
|
int keep_going = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (ps->readin)
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
gbound = objfile->global_psymbols.list + ps->globals_offset + ps->n_global_syms;
|
|
|
|
|
sbound = objfile->static_psymbols.list + ps->statics_offset + ps->n_static_syms;
|
|
|
|
|
bound = gbound;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Go through all of the symbols stored in a partial
|
|
|
|
|
symtab in one loop. */
|
|
|
|
|
psym = objfile->global_psymbols.list + ps->globals_offset;
|
|
|
|
|
while (keep_going)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (psym >= bound)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (bound == gbound && ps->n_static_syms != 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
psym = objfile->static_psymbols.list + ps->statics_offset;
|
|
|
|
|
bound = sbound;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
keep_going = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
QUIT;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If it would match (logic taken from loop below)
|
|
|
|
|
load the file and go on to the next one */
|
|
|
|
|
if (file_matches (ps->filename, files, nfiles)
|
|
|
|
|
&& ((regexp == NULL || SYMBOL_MATCHES_REGEXP (*psym))
|
|
|
|
|
&& ((kind == VARIABLES_NAMESPACE && SYMBOL_CLASS (*psym) != LOC_TYPEDEF
|
|
|
|
|
&& SYMBOL_CLASS (*psym) != LOC_BLOCK)
|
|
|
|
|
|| (kind == FUNCTIONS_NAMESPACE && SYMBOL_CLASS (*psym) == LOC_BLOCK)
|
|
|
|
|
|| (kind == TYPES_NAMESPACE && SYMBOL_CLASS (*psym) == LOC_TYPEDEF)
|
|
|
|
|
|| (kind == METHODS_NAMESPACE && SYMBOL_CLASS (*psym) == LOC_BLOCK))))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB (ps);
|
|
|
|
|
keep_going = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
psym++;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Here, we search through the minimal symbol tables for functions
|
|
|
|
|
and variables that match, and force their symbols to be read.
|
|
|
|
|
This is in particular necessary for demangled variable names,
|
|
|
|
|
which are no longer put into the partial symbol tables.
|
|
|
|
|
The symbol will then be found during the scan of symtabs below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For functions, find_pc_symtab should succeed if we have debug info
|
|
|
|
|
for the function, for variables we have to call lookup_symbol
|
|
|
|
|
to determine if the variable has debug info.
|
|
|
|
|
If the lookup fails, set found_misc so that we will rescan to print
|
|
|
|
|
any matching symbols without debug info.
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*/
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (nfiles == 0 && (kind == VARIABLES_NAMESPACE || kind == FUNCTIONS_NAMESPACE))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
ALL_MSYMBOLS (objfile, msymbol)
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol) == ourtype ||
|
|
|
|
|
MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol) == ourtype2 ||
|
|
|
|
|
MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol) == ourtype3 ||
|
|
|
|
|
MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol) == ourtype4)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (regexp == NULL || SYMBOL_MATCHES_REGEXP (msymbol))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (0 == find_pc_symtab (SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msymbol)))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (kind == FUNCTIONS_NAMESPACE
|
|
|
|
|
|| lookup_symbol (SYMBOL_NAME (msymbol),
|
|
|
|
|
(struct block *) NULL,
|
|
|
|
|
VAR_NAMESPACE,
|
|
|
|
|
0, (struct symtab **) NULL) == NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
found_misc = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s);
|
|
|
|
|
/* Often many files share a blockvector.
|
|
|
|
|
Scan each blockvector only once so that
|
|
|
|
|
we don't get every symbol many times.
|
|
|
|
|
It happens that the first symtab in the list
|
|
|
|
|
for any given blockvector is the main file. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (bv != prev_bv)
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = GLOBAL_BLOCK; i <= STATIC_BLOCK; i++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-11 03:21:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
struct symbol_search *prevtail = tail;
|
|
|
|
|
int nfound = 0;
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, i);
|
|
|
|
|
for (j = 0; j < BLOCK_NSYMS (b); j++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
QUIT;
|
|
|
|
|
sym = BLOCK_SYM (b, j);
|
|
|
|
|
if (file_matches (s->filename, files, nfiles)
|
|
|
|
|
&& ((regexp == NULL || SYMBOL_MATCHES_REGEXP (sym))
|
|
|
|
|
&& ((kind == VARIABLES_NAMESPACE && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_TYPEDEF
|
|
|
|
|
&& SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_BLOCK
|
|
|
|
|
&& SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_CONST)
|
|
|
|
|
|| (kind == FUNCTIONS_NAMESPACE && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) == LOC_BLOCK)
|
|
|
|
|
|| (kind == TYPES_NAMESPACE && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) == LOC_TYPEDEF)
|
|
|
|
|
|| (kind == METHODS_NAMESPACE && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) == LOC_BLOCK))))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* match */
|
|
|
|
|
psr = (struct symbol_search *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct symbol_search));
|
|
|
|
|
psr->block = i;
|
|
|
|
|
psr->symtab = s;
|
|
|
|
|
psr->symbol = sym;
|
|
|
|
|
psr->msymbol = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
psr->next = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
if (tail == NULL)
|
2002-02-11 03:21:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
sr = psr;
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
tail->next = psr;
|
|
|
|
|
tail = psr;
|
2002-02-11 03:21:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
nfound ++;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (nfound > 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (prevtail == NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct symbol_search dummy;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dummy.next = sr;
|
|
|
|
|
tail = sort_search_symbols (&dummy, nfound);
|
|
|
|
|
sr = dummy.next;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
old_chain = make_cleanup_free_search_symbols (sr);
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
2002-02-11 03:21:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
tail = sort_search_symbols (prevtail, nfound);
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
prev_bv = bv;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If there are no eyes, avoid all contact. I mean, if there are
|
|
|
|
|
no debug symbols, then print directly from the msymbol_vector. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (found_misc || kind != FUNCTIONS_NAMESPACE)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
ALL_MSYMBOLS (objfile, msymbol)
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol) == ourtype ||
|
|
|
|
|
MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol) == ourtype2 ||
|
|
|
|
|
MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol) == ourtype3 ||
|
|
|
|
|
MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol) == ourtype4)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (regexp == NULL || SYMBOL_MATCHES_REGEXP (msymbol))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Functions: Look up by address. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (kind != FUNCTIONS_NAMESPACE ||
|
|
|
|
|
(0 == find_pc_symtab (SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msymbol))))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Variables/Absolutes: Look up by name */
|
|
|
|
|
if (lookup_symbol (SYMBOL_NAME (msymbol),
|
|
|
|
|
(struct block *) NULL, VAR_NAMESPACE,
|
|
|
|
|
0, (struct symtab **) NULL) == NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* match */
|
|
|
|
|
psr = (struct symbol_search *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct symbol_search));
|
|
|
|
|
psr->block = i;
|
|
|
|
|
psr->msymbol = msymbol;
|
|
|
|
|
psr->symtab = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
psr->symbol = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
psr->next = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
if (tail == NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
sr = psr;
|
2000-05-29 13:18:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
old_chain = make_cleanup_free_search_symbols (sr);
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
tail->next = psr;
|
|
|
|
|
tail = psr;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*matches = sr;
|
|
|
|
|
if (sr != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
discard_cleanups (old_chain);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Helper function for symtab_symbol_info, this function uses
|
|
|
|
|
the data returned from search_symbols() to print information
|
|
|
|
|
regarding the match to gdb_stdout.
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*/
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
static void
|
2000-07-30 01:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
print_symbol_info (namespace_enum kind, struct symtab *s, struct symbol *sym,
|
|
|
|
|
int block, char *last)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (last == NULL || strcmp (last, s->filename) != 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
fputs_filtered ("\nFile ", gdb_stdout);
|
|
|
|
|
fputs_filtered (s->filename, gdb_stdout);
|
|
|
|
|
fputs_filtered (":\n", gdb_stdout);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (kind != TYPES_NAMESPACE && block == STATIC_BLOCK)
|
|
|
|
|
printf_filtered ("static ");
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Typedef that is not a C++ class */
|
|
|
|
|
if (kind == TYPES_NAMESPACE
|
|
|
|
|
&& SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) != STRUCT_NAMESPACE)
|
2000-09-04 08:29:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
typedef_print (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym), sym, gdb_stdout);
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* variable, func, or typedef-that-is-c++-class */
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
else if (kind < TYPES_NAMESPACE ||
|
|
|
|
|
(kind == TYPES_NAMESPACE &&
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) == STRUCT_NAMESPACE))
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
type_print (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym),
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) == LOC_TYPEDEF
|
|
|
|
|
? "" : SYMBOL_SOURCE_NAME (sym)),
|
|
|
|
|
gdb_stdout, 0);
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
printf_filtered (";\n");
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#if 0
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Tiemann says: "info methods was never implemented." */
|
|
|
|
|
char *demangled_name;
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
c_type_print_base (TYPE_FN_FIELD_TYPE (t, block),
|
|
|
|
|
gdb_stdout, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
c_type_print_varspec_prefix (TYPE_FN_FIELD_TYPE (t, block),
|
|
|
|
|
gdb_stdout, 0);
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (TYPE_FN_FIELD_STUB (t, block))
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
check_stub_method (TYPE_DOMAIN_TYPE (type), j, block);
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
demangled_name =
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
cplus_demangle (TYPE_FN_FIELD_PHYSNAME (t, block),
|
|
|
|
|
DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_PARAMS);
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (demangled_name == NULL)
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
fprintf_filtered (stream, "<badly mangled name %s>",
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_FN_FIELD_PHYSNAME (t, block));
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
else
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
fputs_filtered (demangled_name, stream);
|
2000-12-15 01:01:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
xfree (demangled_name);
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* This help function for symtab_symbol_info() prints information
|
|
|
|
|
for non-debugging symbols to gdb_stdout.
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*/
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
static void
|
2000-07-30 01:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
print_msymbol_info (struct minimal_symbol *msymbol)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
2001-05-11 17:48:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
char *tmp;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (TARGET_ADDR_BIT <= 32)
|
|
|
|
|
tmp = longest_local_hex_string_custom (SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msymbol)
|
|
|
|
|
& (CORE_ADDR) 0xffffffff,
|
|
|
|
|
"08l");
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
tmp = longest_local_hex_string_custom (SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msymbol),
|
|
|
|
|
"016l");
|
|
|
|
|
printf_filtered ("%s %s\n",
|
|
|
|
|
tmp, SYMBOL_SOURCE_NAME (msymbol));
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* This is the guts of the commands "info functions", "info types", and
|
|
|
|
|
"info variables". It calls search_symbols to find all matches and then
|
|
|
|
|
print_[m]symbol_info to print out some useful information about the
|
|
|
|
|
matches.
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*/
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
static void
|
2000-07-30 01:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
symtab_symbol_info (char *regexp, namespace_enum kind, int from_tty)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
static char *classnames[]
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
=
|
|
|
|
|
{"variable", "function", "type", "method"};
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
struct symbol_search *symbols;
|
|
|
|
|
struct symbol_search *p;
|
|
|
|
|
struct cleanup *old_chain;
|
|
|
|
|
char *last_filename = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
int first = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* must make sure that if we're interrupted, symbols gets freed */
|
|
|
|
|
search_symbols (regexp, kind, 0, (char **) NULL, &symbols);
|
2000-05-29 13:18:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
old_chain = make_cleanup_free_search_symbols (symbols);
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
printf_filtered (regexp
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
? "All %ss matching regular expression \"%s\":\n"
|
|
|
|
|
: "All defined %ss:\n",
|
2000-08-25 20:51:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
classnames[(int) (kind - VARIABLES_NAMESPACE)], regexp);
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (p = symbols; p != NULL; p = p->next)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
QUIT;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (p->msymbol != NULL)
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (first)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
printf_filtered ("\nNon-debugging symbols:\n");
|
|
|
|
|
first = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
print_msymbol_info (p->msymbol);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
else
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
print_symbol_info (kind,
|
|
|
|
|
p->symtab,
|
|
|
|
|
p->symbol,
|
|
|
|
|
p->block,
|
|
|
|
|
last_filename);
|
|
|
|
|
last_filename = p->symtab->filename;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
do_cleanups (old_chain);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
2000-07-30 01:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
variables_info (char *regexp, int from_tty)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
symtab_symbol_info (regexp, VARIABLES_NAMESPACE, from_tty);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
2000-07-30 01:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
functions_info (char *regexp, int from_tty)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
symtab_symbol_info (regexp, FUNCTIONS_NAMESPACE, from_tty);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-06-05 20:49:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
static void
|
2000-07-30 01:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
types_info (char *regexp, int from_tty)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
symtab_symbol_info (regexp, TYPES_NAMESPACE, from_tty);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if 0
|
|
|
|
|
/* Tiemann says: "info methods was never implemented." */
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
2000-07-30 01:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
methods_info (char *regexp)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
symtab_symbol_info (regexp, METHODS_NAMESPACE, 0, from_tty);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif /* 0 */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Breakpoint all functions matching regular expression. */
|
2002-01-17 22:15:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-02-03 04:14:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
void
|
2000-07-30 01:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rbreak_command_wrapper (char *regexp, int from_tty)
|
2000-02-03 04:14:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rbreak_command (regexp, from_tty);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2002-01-17 22:15:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
static void
|
2000-07-30 01:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rbreak_command (char *regexp, int from_tty)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct symbol_search *ss;
|
|
|
|
|
struct symbol_search *p;
|
|
|
|
|
struct cleanup *old_chain;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
search_symbols (regexp, FUNCTIONS_NAMESPACE, 0, (char **) NULL, &ss);
|
2000-05-29 13:18:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
old_chain = make_cleanup_free_search_symbols (ss);
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (p = ss; p != NULL; p = p->next)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (p->msymbol == NULL)
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
char *string = (char *) alloca (strlen (p->symtab->filename)
|
|
|
|
|
+ strlen (SYMBOL_NAME (p->symbol))
|
|
|
|
|
+ 4);
|
|
|
|
|
strcpy (string, p->symtab->filename);
|
|
|
|
|
strcat (string, ":'");
|
|
|
|
|
strcat (string, SYMBOL_NAME (p->symbol));
|
|
|
|
|
strcat (string, "'");
|
|
|
|
|
break_command (string, from_tty);
|
|
|
|
|
print_symbol_info (FUNCTIONS_NAMESPACE,
|
|
|
|
|
p->symtab,
|
|
|
|
|
p->symbol,
|
|
|
|
|
p->block,
|
|
|
|
|
p->symtab->filename);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
else
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
break_command (SYMBOL_NAME (p->msymbol), from_tty);
|
|
|
|
|
printf_filtered ("<function, no debug info> %s;\n",
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_SOURCE_NAME (p->msymbol));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
do_cleanups (old_chain);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Return Nonzero if block a is lexically nested within block b,
|
|
|
|
|
or if a and b have the same pc range.
|
|
|
|
|
Return zero otherwise. */
|
|
|
|
|
int
|
2000-07-30 01:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
contained_in (struct block *a, struct block *b)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (!a || !b)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
return BLOCK_START (a) >= BLOCK_START (b)
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
&& BLOCK_END (a) <= BLOCK_END (b);
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Helper routine for make_symbol_completion_list. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int return_val_size;
|
|
|
|
|
static int return_val_index;
|
|
|
|
|
static char **return_val;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define COMPLETION_LIST_ADD_SYMBOL(symbol, sym_text, len, text, word) \
|
|
|
|
|
do { \
|
|
|
|
|
if (SYMBOL_DEMANGLED_NAME (symbol) != NULL) \
|
|
|
|
|
/* Put only the mangled name on the list. */ \
|
|
|
|
|
/* Advantage: "b foo<TAB>" completes to "b foo(int, int)" */ \
|
|
|
|
|
/* Disadvantage: "b foo__i<TAB>" doesn't complete. */ \
|
|
|
|
|
completion_list_add_name \
|
|
|
|
|
(SYMBOL_DEMANGLED_NAME (symbol), (sym_text), (len), (text), (word)); \
|
|
|
|
|
else \
|
|
|
|
|
completion_list_add_name \
|
|
|
|
|
(SYMBOL_NAME (symbol), (sym_text), (len), (text), (word)); \
|
|
|
|
|
} while (0)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Test to see if the symbol specified by SYMNAME (which is already
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
demangled for C++ symbols) matches SYM_TEXT in the first SYM_TEXT_LEN
|
|
|
|
|
characters. If so, add it to the current completion list. */
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
2000-07-30 01:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
completion_list_add_name (char *symname, char *sym_text, int sym_text_len,
|
|
|
|
|
char *text, char *word)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int newsize;
|
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* clip symbols that cannot match */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (strncmp (symname, sym_text, sym_text_len) != 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* We have a match for a completion, so add SYMNAME to the current list
|
|
|
|
|
of matches. Note that the name is moved to freshly malloc'd space. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
char *new;
|
|
|
|
|
if (word == sym_text)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
new = xmalloc (strlen (symname) + 5);
|
|
|
|
|
strcpy (new, symname);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else if (word > sym_text)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return some portion of symname. */
|
|
|
|
|
new = xmalloc (strlen (symname) + 5);
|
|
|
|
|
strcpy (new, symname + (word - sym_text));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return some of SYM_TEXT plus symname. */
|
|
|
|
|
new = xmalloc (strlen (symname) + (sym_text - word) + 5);
|
|
|
|
|
strncpy (new, word, sym_text - word);
|
|
|
|
|
new[sym_text - word] = '\0';
|
|
|
|
|
strcat (new, symname);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (return_val_index + 3 > return_val_size)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
newsize = (return_val_size *= 2) * sizeof (char *);
|
|
|
|
|
return_val = (char **) xrealloc ((char *) return_val, newsize);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
return_val[return_val_index++] = new;
|
|
|
|
|
return_val[return_val_index] = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
* completer.c (gdb_completer_loc_break_characters): New variable.
(line_completion_function): If we are completing on locations,
back up the start of word pointer past all characters which can
appear in a location spec.
(location_completer): New function.
* completer.h: Add prototype for location_completer.
* symtab.c (make_source_files_completion_list)
(add_filename_to_list, not_interesting_fname): New functions.
(filename_seen): New function, body extracted from
output_source_filename.
(output_source_filename): Call filename_seen to check if the file
was already printed.
(make_symbol_completion_list): If TEXT includes a
double-quoted string, return an empty list, not NULL.
(make_file_symbol_completion_list): New function, similar to
make_symbol_completion_list but with an additional argument
SRCFILE.
* symtab.h (make_file_symbol_completion_list)
(make_source_files_completion_list): Add prototypes.
* breakpoint.c (_initialize_breakpoint): Make location_completer
be the completion function for all commands which set breakpoints
and watchpoints.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
* tracepoint.c (_initialize_tracepoint): Make location_completer
be the completion function for the "trace" command.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
* printcmd.c (_initialize_printcmd): Make location_completer be
the completion function for the "print", "inspect", "call", and
"disassemble" commands.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
* infcmd.c (_initialize_infcmd): Make location_completer be the
completion function for the "go", "jump", and "until" commands.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
2001-06-11 16:05:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Return a NULL terminated array of all symbols (regardless of class)
|
|
|
|
|
which begin by matching TEXT. If the answer is no symbols, then
|
|
|
|
|
the return value is an array which contains only a NULL pointer.
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Problem: All of the symbols have to be copied because readline frees them.
|
|
|
|
|
I'm not going to worry about this; hopefully there won't be that many. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
char **
|
2000-07-30 01:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
make_symbol_completion_list (char *text, char *word)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register struct symbol *sym;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct symtab *s;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct partial_symtab *ps;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct minimal_symbol *msymbol;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct objfile *objfile;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct block *b, *surrounding_static_block = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
register int i, j;
|
|
|
|
|
struct partial_symbol **psym;
|
|
|
|
|
/* The symbol we are completing on. Points in same buffer as text. */
|
|
|
|
|
char *sym_text;
|
|
|
|
|
/* Length of sym_text. */
|
|
|
|
|
int sym_text_len;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Now look for the symbol we are supposed to complete on.
|
|
|
|
|
FIXME: This should be language-specific. */
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
char *p;
|
|
|
|
|
char quote_found;
|
|
|
|
|
char *quote_pos = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* First see if this is a quoted string. */
|
|
|
|
|
quote_found = '\0';
|
|
|
|
|
for (p = text; *p != '\0'; ++p)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (quote_found != '\0')
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (*p == quote_found)
|
|
|
|
|
/* Found close quote. */
|
|
|
|
|
quote_found = '\0';
|
|
|
|
|
else if (*p == '\\' && p[1] == quote_found)
|
|
|
|
|
/* A backslash followed by the quote character
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
doesn't end the string. */
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
++p;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else if (*p == '\'' || *p == '"')
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
quote_found = *p;
|
|
|
|
|
quote_pos = p;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (quote_found == '\'')
|
|
|
|
|
/* A string within single quotes can be a symbol, so complete on it. */
|
|
|
|
|
sym_text = quote_pos + 1;
|
|
|
|
|
else if (quote_found == '"')
|
|
|
|
|
/* A double-quoted string is never a symbol, nor does it make sense
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
to complete it any other way. */
|
* completer.c (gdb_completer_loc_break_characters): New variable.
(line_completion_function): If we are completing on locations,
back up the start of word pointer past all characters which can
appear in a location spec.
(location_completer): New function.
* completer.h: Add prototype for location_completer.
* symtab.c (make_source_files_completion_list)
(add_filename_to_list, not_interesting_fname): New functions.
(filename_seen): New function, body extracted from
output_source_filename.
(output_source_filename): Call filename_seen to check if the file
was already printed.
(make_symbol_completion_list): If TEXT includes a
double-quoted string, return an empty list, not NULL.
(make_file_symbol_completion_list): New function, similar to
make_symbol_completion_list but with an additional argument
SRCFILE.
* symtab.h (make_file_symbol_completion_list)
(make_source_files_completion_list): Add prototypes.
* breakpoint.c (_initialize_breakpoint): Make location_completer
be the completion function for all commands which set breakpoints
and watchpoints.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
* tracepoint.c (_initialize_tracepoint): Make location_completer
be the completion function for the "trace" command.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
* printcmd.c (_initialize_printcmd): Make location_completer be
the completion function for the "print", "inspect", "call", and
"disassemble" commands.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
* infcmd.c (_initialize_infcmd): Make location_completer be the
completion function for the "go", "jump", and "until" commands.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
2001-06-11 16:05:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return_val = (char **) xmalloc (sizeof (char *));
|
|
|
|
|
return_val[0] = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
return return_val;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* It is not a quoted string. Break it based on the characters
|
|
|
|
|
which are in symbols. */
|
|
|
|
|
while (p > text)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (isalnum (p[-1]) || p[-1] == '_' || p[-1] == '\0')
|
|
|
|
|
--p;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
sym_text = p;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sym_text_len = strlen (sym_text);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return_val_size = 100;
|
|
|
|
|
return_val_index = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
return_val = (char **) xmalloc ((return_val_size + 1) * sizeof (char *));
|
|
|
|
|
return_val[0] = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Look through the partial symtabs for all symbols which begin
|
|
|
|
|
by matching SYM_TEXT. Add each one that you find to the list. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ALL_PSYMTABS (objfile, ps)
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* If the psymtab's been read in we'll get it when we search
|
|
|
|
|
through the blockvector. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (ps->readin)
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (psym = objfile->global_psymbols.list + ps->globals_offset;
|
|
|
|
|
psym < (objfile->global_psymbols.list + ps->globals_offset
|
|
|
|
|
+ ps->n_global_syms);
|
|
|
|
|
psym++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* If interrupted, then quit. */
|
|
|
|
|
QUIT;
|
|
|
|
|
COMPLETION_LIST_ADD_SYMBOL (*psym, sym_text, sym_text_len, text, word);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (psym = objfile->static_psymbols.list + ps->statics_offset;
|
|
|
|
|
psym < (objfile->static_psymbols.list + ps->statics_offset
|
|
|
|
|
+ ps->n_static_syms);
|
|
|
|
|
psym++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
QUIT;
|
|
|
|
|
COMPLETION_LIST_ADD_SYMBOL (*psym, sym_text, sym_text_len, text, word);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* At this point scan through the misc symbol vectors and add each
|
|
|
|
|
symbol you find to the list. Eventually we want to ignore
|
|
|
|
|
anything that isn't a text symbol (everything else will be
|
|
|
|
|
handled by the psymtab code above). */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ALL_MSYMBOLS (objfile, msymbol)
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
QUIT;
|
|
|
|
|
COMPLETION_LIST_ADD_SYMBOL (msymbol, sym_text, sym_text_len, text, word);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Search upwards from currently selected frame (so that we can
|
|
|
|
|
complete on local vars. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
gdb/ChangeLog:
* stack.c (get_selected_block): Add new argument `addr_in_block',
used to return the exact code address we used to select the block,
not just the block.
* blockframe.c (get_frame_block, get_current_block): Same.
* frame.h (get_frame_block, get_current_block,
get_selected_block): Update declarations.
* linespec.c, stack.c, blockframe.c, breakpoint.c, findvar.c,
linespec.c, varobj.c, printcmd.c, symtab.c: Callers changed.
gdb/mi/ChangeLog:
* mi-cmd-stack.c (list_args_or_locals): Pass new arg to
get_frame_block. (See entry in gdb/ChangeLog.)
2002-04-05 22:04:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
for (b = get_selected_block (0); b != NULL; b = BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (b))
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (!BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (b))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
surrounding_static_block = b; /* For elmin of dups */
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Also catch fields of types defined in this places which match our
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
text string. Only complete on types visible from current context. */
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-10-12 23:51:30 +00:00
|
|
|
|
ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, i, sym)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
COMPLETION_LIST_ADD_SYMBOL (sym, sym_text, sym_text_len, text, word);
|
|
|
|
|
if (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) == LOC_TYPEDEF)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct type *t = SYMBOL_TYPE (sym);
|
|
|
|
|
enum type_code c = TYPE_CODE (t);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (c == TYPE_CODE_UNION || c == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
for (j = TYPE_N_BASECLASSES (t); j < TYPE_NFIELDS (t); j++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (t, j))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
completion_list_add_name (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (t, j),
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
sym_text, sym_text_len, text, word);
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Go through the symtabs and check the externs and statics for
|
|
|
|
|
symbols which match. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
QUIT;
|
|
|
|
|
b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s), GLOBAL_BLOCK);
|
2001-10-12 23:51:30 +00:00
|
|
|
|
ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, i, sym)
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
COMPLETION_LIST_ADD_SYMBOL (sym, sym_text, sym_text_len, text, word);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
QUIT;
|
|
|
|
|
b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s), STATIC_BLOCK);
|
|
|
|
|
/* Don't do this block twice. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (b == surrounding_static_block)
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
2001-10-12 23:51:30 +00:00
|
|
|
|
ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, i, sym)
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
COMPLETION_LIST_ADD_SYMBOL (sym, sym_text, sym_text_len, text, word);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (return_val);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
* completer.c (gdb_completer_loc_break_characters): New variable.
(line_completion_function): If we are completing on locations,
back up the start of word pointer past all characters which can
appear in a location spec.
(location_completer): New function.
* completer.h: Add prototype for location_completer.
* symtab.c (make_source_files_completion_list)
(add_filename_to_list, not_interesting_fname): New functions.
(filename_seen): New function, body extracted from
output_source_filename.
(output_source_filename): Call filename_seen to check if the file
was already printed.
(make_symbol_completion_list): If TEXT includes a
double-quoted string, return an empty list, not NULL.
(make_file_symbol_completion_list): New function, similar to
make_symbol_completion_list but with an additional argument
SRCFILE.
* symtab.h (make_file_symbol_completion_list)
(make_source_files_completion_list): Add prototypes.
* breakpoint.c (_initialize_breakpoint): Make location_completer
be the completion function for all commands which set breakpoints
and watchpoints.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
* tracepoint.c (_initialize_tracepoint): Make location_completer
be the completion function for the "trace" command.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
* printcmd.c (_initialize_printcmd): Make location_completer be
the completion function for the "print", "inspect", "call", and
"disassemble" commands.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
* infcmd.c (_initialize_infcmd): Make location_completer be the
completion function for the "go", "jump", and "until" commands.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
2001-06-11 16:05:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Like make_symbol_completion_list, but returns a list of symbols
|
|
|
|
|
defined in a source file FILE. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
char **
|
|
|
|
|
make_file_symbol_completion_list (char *text, char *word, char *srcfile)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register struct symbol *sym;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct symtab *s;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct block *b;
|
|
|
|
|
register int i;
|
|
|
|
|
/* The symbol we are completing on. Points in same buffer as text. */
|
|
|
|
|
char *sym_text;
|
|
|
|
|
/* Length of sym_text. */
|
|
|
|
|
int sym_text_len;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Now look for the symbol we are supposed to complete on.
|
|
|
|
|
FIXME: This should be language-specific. */
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
char *p;
|
|
|
|
|
char quote_found;
|
|
|
|
|
char *quote_pos = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* First see if this is a quoted string. */
|
|
|
|
|
quote_found = '\0';
|
|
|
|
|
for (p = text; *p != '\0'; ++p)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (quote_found != '\0')
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (*p == quote_found)
|
|
|
|
|
/* Found close quote. */
|
|
|
|
|
quote_found = '\0';
|
|
|
|
|
else if (*p == '\\' && p[1] == quote_found)
|
|
|
|
|
/* A backslash followed by the quote character
|
|
|
|
|
doesn't end the string. */
|
|
|
|
|
++p;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else if (*p == '\'' || *p == '"')
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
quote_found = *p;
|
|
|
|
|
quote_pos = p;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (quote_found == '\'')
|
|
|
|
|
/* A string within single quotes can be a symbol, so complete on it. */
|
|
|
|
|
sym_text = quote_pos + 1;
|
|
|
|
|
else if (quote_found == '"')
|
|
|
|
|
/* A double-quoted string is never a symbol, nor does it make sense
|
|
|
|
|
to complete it any other way. */
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return_val = (char **) xmalloc (sizeof (char *));
|
|
|
|
|
return_val[0] = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
return return_val;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* It is not a quoted string. Break it based on the characters
|
|
|
|
|
which are in symbols. */
|
|
|
|
|
while (p > text)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (isalnum (p[-1]) || p[-1] == '_' || p[-1] == '\0')
|
|
|
|
|
--p;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
sym_text = p;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sym_text_len = strlen (sym_text);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return_val_size = 10;
|
|
|
|
|
return_val_index = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
return_val = (char **) xmalloc ((return_val_size + 1) * sizeof (char *));
|
|
|
|
|
return_val[0] = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Find the symtab for SRCFILE (this loads it if it was not yet read
|
|
|
|
|
in). */
|
|
|
|
|
s = lookup_symtab (srcfile);
|
|
|
|
|
if (s == NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Maybe they typed the file with leading directories, while the
|
|
|
|
|
symbol tables record only its basename. */
|
2001-06-13 18:30:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
const char *tail = lbasename (srcfile);
|
* completer.c (gdb_completer_loc_break_characters): New variable.
(line_completion_function): If we are completing on locations,
back up the start of word pointer past all characters which can
appear in a location spec.
(location_completer): New function.
* completer.h: Add prototype for location_completer.
* symtab.c (make_source_files_completion_list)
(add_filename_to_list, not_interesting_fname): New functions.
(filename_seen): New function, body extracted from
output_source_filename.
(output_source_filename): Call filename_seen to check if the file
was already printed.
(make_symbol_completion_list): If TEXT includes a
double-quoted string, return an empty list, not NULL.
(make_file_symbol_completion_list): New function, similar to
make_symbol_completion_list but with an additional argument
SRCFILE.
* symtab.h (make_file_symbol_completion_list)
(make_source_files_completion_list): Add prototypes.
* breakpoint.c (_initialize_breakpoint): Make location_completer
be the completion function for all commands which set breakpoints
and watchpoints.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
* tracepoint.c (_initialize_tracepoint): Make location_completer
be the completion function for the "trace" command.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
* printcmd.c (_initialize_printcmd): Make location_completer be
the completion function for the "print", "inspect", "call", and
"disassemble" commands.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
* infcmd.c (_initialize_infcmd): Make location_completer be the
completion function for the "go", "jump", and "until" commands.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
2001-06-11 16:05:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (tail > srcfile)
|
|
|
|
|
s = lookup_symtab (tail);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If we have no symtab for that file, return an empty list. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (s == NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
return (return_val);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Go through this symtab and check the externs and statics for
|
|
|
|
|
symbols which match. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s), GLOBAL_BLOCK);
|
2001-10-12 23:51:30 +00:00
|
|
|
|
ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, i, sym)
|
* completer.c (gdb_completer_loc_break_characters): New variable.
(line_completion_function): If we are completing on locations,
back up the start of word pointer past all characters which can
appear in a location spec.
(location_completer): New function.
* completer.h: Add prototype for location_completer.
* symtab.c (make_source_files_completion_list)
(add_filename_to_list, not_interesting_fname): New functions.
(filename_seen): New function, body extracted from
output_source_filename.
(output_source_filename): Call filename_seen to check if the file
was already printed.
(make_symbol_completion_list): If TEXT includes a
double-quoted string, return an empty list, not NULL.
(make_file_symbol_completion_list): New function, similar to
make_symbol_completion_list but with an additional argument
SRCFILE.
* symtab.h (make_file_symbol_completion_list)
(make_source_files_completion_list): Add prototypes.
* breakpoint.c (_initialize_breakpoint): Make location_completer
be the completion function for all commands which set breakpoints
and watchpoints.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
* tracepoint.c (_initialize_tracepoint): Make location_completer
be the completion function for the "trace" command.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
* printcmd.c (_initialize_printcmd): Make location_completer be
the completion function for the "print", "inspect", "call", and
"disassemble" commands.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
* infcmd.c (_initialize_infcmd): Make location_completer be the
completion function for the "go", "jump", and "until" commands.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
2001-06-11 16:05:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
COMPLETION_LIST_ADD_SYMBOL (sym, sym_text, sym_text_len, text, word);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s), STATIC_BLOCK);
|
2001-10-12 23:51:30 +00:00
|
|
|
|
ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, i, sym)
|
* completer.c (gdb_completer_loc_break_characters): New variable.
(line_completion_function): If we are completing on locations,
back up the start of word pointer past all characters which can
appear in a location spec.
(location_completer): New function.
* completer.h: Add prototype for location_completer.
* symtab.c (make_source_files_completion_list)
(add_filename_to_list, not_interesting_fname): New functions.
(filename_seen): New function, body extracted from
output_source_filename.
(output_source_filename): Call filename_seen to check if the file
was already printed.
(make_symbol_completion_list): If TEXT includes a
double-quoted string, return an empty list, not NULL.
(make_file_symbol_completion_list): New function, similar to
make_symbol_completion_list but with an additional argument
SRCFILE.
* symtab.h (make_file_symbol_completion_list)
(make_source_files_completion_list): Add prototypes.
* breakpoint.c (_initialize_breakpoint): Make location_completer
be the completion function for all commands which set breakpoints
and watchpoints.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
* tracepoint.c (_initialize_tracepoint): Make location_completer
be the completion function for the "trace" command.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
* printcmd.c (_initialize_printcmd): Make location_completer be
the completion function for the "print", "inspect", "call", and
"disassemble" commands.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
* infcmd.c (_initialize_infcmd): Make location_completer be the
completion function for the "go", "jump", and "until" commands.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
2001-06-11 16:05:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
COMPLETION_LIST_ADD_SYMBOL (sym, sym_text, sym_text_len, text, word);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (return_val);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* A helper function for make_source_files_completion_list. It adds
|
|
|
|
|
another file name to a list of possible completions, growing the
|
|
|
|
|
list as necessary. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
add_filename_to_list (const char *fname, char *text, char *word,
|
|
|
|
|
char ***list, int *list_used, int *list_alloced)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
char *new;
|
|
|
|
|
size_t fnlen = strlen (fname);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (*list_used + 1 >= *list_alloced)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
*list_alloced *= 2;
|
|
|
|
|
*list = (char **) xrealloc ((char *) *list,
|
|
|
|
|
*list_alloced * sizeof (char *));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (word == text)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return exactly fname. */
|
|
|
|
|
new = xmalloc (fnlen + 5);
|
|
|
|
|
strcpy (new, fname);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else if (word > text)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return some portion of fname. */
|
|
|
|
|
new = xmalloc (fnlen + 5);
|
|
|
|
|
strcpy (new, fname + (word - text));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return some of TEXT plus fname. */
|
|
|
|
|
new = xmalloc (fnlen + (text - word) + 5);
|
|
|
|
|
strncpy (new, word, text - word);
|
|
|
|
|
new[text - word] = '\0';
|
|
|
|
|
strcat (new, fname);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
(*list)[*list_used] = new;
|
|
|
|
|
(*list)[++*list_used] = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int
|
|
|
|
|
not_interesting_fname (const char *fname)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
static const char *illegal_aliens[] = {
|
|
|
|
|
"_globals_", /* inserted by coff_symtab_read */
|
|
|
|
|
NULL
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; illegal_aliens[i]; i++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (strcmp (fname, illegal_aliens[i]) == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return 1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return a NULL terminated array of all source files whose names
|
|
|
|
|
begin with matching TEXT. The file names are looked up in the
|
|
|
|
|
symbol tables of this program. If the answer is no matchess, then
|
|
|
|
|
the return value is an array which contains only a NULL pointer. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
char **
|
|
|
|
|
make_source_files_completion_list (char *text, char *word)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register struct symtab *s;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct partial_symtab *ps;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct objfile *objfile;
|
|
|
|
|
int first = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
int list_alloced = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
int list_used = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
size_t text_len = strlen (text);
|
|
|
|
|
char **list = (char **) xmalloc (list_alloced * sizeof (char *));
|
2001-06-13 18:30:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
const char *base_name;
|
* completer.c (gdb_completer_loc_break_characters): New variable.
(line_completion_function): If we are completing on locations,
back up the start of word pointer past all characters which can
appear in a location spec.
(location_completer): New function.
* completer.h: Add prototype for location_completer.
* symtab.c (make_source_files_completion_list)
(add_filename_to_list, not_interesting_fname): New functions.
(filename_seen): New function, body extracted from
output_source_filename.
(output_source_filename): Call filename_seen to check if the file
was already printed.
(make_symbol_completion_list): If TEXT includes a
double-quoted string, return an empty list, not NULL.
(make_file_symbol_completion_list): New function, similar to
make_symbol_completion_list but with an additional argument
SRCFILE.
* symtab.h (make_file_symbol_completion_list)
(make_source_files_completion_list): Add prototypes.
* breakpoint.c (_initialize_breakpoint): Make location_completer
be the completion function for all commands which set breakpoints
and watchpoints.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
* tracepoint.c (_initialize_tracepoint): Make location_completer
be the completion function for the "trace" command.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
* printcmd.c (_initialize_printcmd): Make location_completer be
the completion function for the "print", "inspect", "call", and
"disassemble" commands.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
* infcmd.c (_initialize_infcmd): Make location_completer be the
completion function for the "go", "jump", and "until" commands.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
2001-06-11 16:05:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
list[0] = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!have_full_symbols () && !have_partial_symbols ())
|
|
|
|
|
return list;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (not_interesting_fname (s->filename))
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
if (!filename_seen (s->filename, 1, &first)
|
|
|
|
|
#if HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
|
|
|
|
|
&& strncasecmp (s->filename, text, text_len) == 0
|
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
|
&& strncmp (s->filename, text, text_len) == 0
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* This file matches for a completion; add it to the current
|
|
|
|
|
list of matches. */
|
|
|
|
|
add_filename_to_list (s->filename, text, word,
|
|
|
|
|
&list, &list_used, &list_alloced);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* NOTE: We allow the user to type a base name when the
|
|
|
|
|
debug info records leading directories, but not the other
|
|
|
|
|
way around. This is what subroutines of breakpoint
|
|
|
|
|
command do when they parse file names. */
|
2001-06-13 18:30:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
base_name = lbasename (s->filename);
|
* completer.c (gdb_completer_loc_break_characters): New variable.
(line_completion_function): If we are completing on locations,
back up the start of word pointer past all characters which can
appear in a location spec.
(location_completer): New function.
* completer.h: Add prototype for location_completer.
* symtab.c (make_source_files_completion_list)
(add_filename_to_list, not_interesting_fname): New functions.
(filename_seen): New function, body extracted from
output_source_filename.
(output_source_filename): Call filename_seen to check if the file
was already printed.
(make_symbol_completion_list): If TEXT includes a
double-quoted string, return an empty list, not NULL.
(make_file_symbol_completion_list): New function, similar to
make_symbol_completion_list but with an additional argument
SRCFILE.
* symtab.h (make_file_symbol_completion_list)
(make_source_files_completion_list): Add prototypes.
* breakpoint.c (_initialize_breakpoint): Make location_completer
be the completion function for all commands which set breakpoints
and watchpoints.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
* tracepoint.c (_initialize_tracepoint): Make location_completer
be the completion function for the "trace" command.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
* printcmd.c (_initialize_printcmd): Make location_completer be
the completion function for the "print", "inspect", "call", and
"disassemble" commands.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
* infcmd.c (_initialize_infcmd): Make location_completer be the
completion function for the "go", "jump", and "until" commands.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
2001-06-11 16:05:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (base_name != s->filename
|
|
|
|
|
&& !filename_seen (base_name, 1, &first)
|
|
|
|
|
#if HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
|
|
|
|
|
&& strncasecmp (base_name, text, text_len) == 0
|
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
|
&& strncmp (base_name, text, text_len) == 0
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
add_filename_to_list (base_name, text, word,
|
|
|
|
|
&list, &list_used, &list_alloced);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ALL_PSYMTABS (objfile, ps)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (not_interesting_fname (ps->filename))
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
if (!ps->readin)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (!filename_seen (ps->filename, 1, &first)
|
|
|
|
|
#if HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
|
|
|
|
|
&& strncasecmp (ps->filename, text, text_len) == 0
|
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
|
&& strncmp (ps->filename, text, text_len) == 0
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* This file matches for a completion; add it to the
|
|
|
|
|
current list of matches. */
|
|
|
|
|
add_filename_to_list (ps->filename, text, word,
|
|
|
|
|
&list, &list_used, &list_alloced);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2001-06-13 18:30:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
base_name = lbasename (ps->filename);
|
* completer.c (gdb_completer_loc_break_characters): New variable.
(line_completion_function): If we are completing on locations,
back up the start of word pointer past all characters which can
appear in a location spec.
(location_completer): New function.
* completer.h: Add prototype for location_completer.
* symtab.c (make_source_files_completion_list)
(add_filename_to_list, not_interesting_fname): New functions.
(filename_seen): New function, body extracted from
output_source_filename.
(output_source_filename): Call filename_seen to check if the file
was already printed.
(make_symbol_completion_list): If TEXT includes a
double-quoted string, return an empty list, not NULL.
(make_file_symbol_completion_list): New function, similar to
make_symbol_completion_list but with an additional argument
SRCFILE.
* symtab.h (make_file_symbol_completion_list)
(make_source_files_completion_list): Add prototypes.
* breakpoint.c (_initialize_breakpoint): Make location_completer
be the completion function for all commands which set breakpoints
and watchpoints.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
* tracepoint.c (_initialize_tracepoint): Make location_completer
be the completion function for the "trace" command.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
* printcmd.c (_initialize_printcmd): Make location_completer be
the completion function for the "print", "inspect", "call", and
"disassemble" commands.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
* infcmd.c (_initialize_infcmd): Make location_completer be the
completion function for the "go", "jump", and "until" commands.
(top-level): #include "completer.h".
2001-06-11 16:05:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (base_name != ps->filename
|
|
|
|
|
&& !filename_seen (base_name, 1, &first)
|
|
|
|
|
#if HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
|
|
|
|
|
&& strncasecmp (base_name, text, text_len) == 0
|
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
|
&& strncmp (base_name, text, text_len) == 0
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
add_filename_to_list (base_name, text, word,
|
|
|
|
|
&list, &list_used, &list_alloced);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return list;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Determine if PC is in the prologue of a function. The prologue is the area
|
|
|
|
|
between the first instruction of a function, and the first executable line.
|
|
|
|
|
Returns 1 if PC *might* be in prologue, 0 if definately *not* in prologue.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If non-zero, func_start is where we think the prologue starts, possibly
|
|
|
|
|
by previous examination of symbol table information.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int
|
2000-07-30 01:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
in_prologue (CORE_ADDR pc, CORE_ADDR func_start)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct symtab_and_line sal;
|
|
|
|
|
CORE_ADDR func_addr, func_end;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-03 13:45:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* We have several sources of information we can consult to figure
|
|
|
|
|
this out.
|
|
|
|
|
- Compilers usually emit line number info that marks the prologue
|
|
|
|
|
as its own "source line". So the ending address of that "line"
|
|
|
|
|
is the end of the prologue. If available, this is the most
|
|
|
|
|
reliable method.
|
|
|
|
|
- The minimal symbols and partial symbols, which can usually tell
|
|
|
|
|
us the starting and ending addresses of a function.
|
|
|
|
|
- If we know the function's start address, we can call the
|
|
|
|
|
architecture-defined SKIP_PROLOGUE function to analyze the
|
|
|
|
|
instruction stream and guess where the prologue ends.
|
|
|
|
|
- Our `func_start' argument; if non-zero, this is the caller's
|
|
|
|
|
best guess as to the function's entry point. At the time of
|
|
|
|
|
this writing, handle_inferior_event doesn't get this right, so
|
|
|
|
|
it should be our last resort. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Consult the partial symbol table, to find which function
|
|
|
|
|
the PC is in. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (! find_pc_partial_function (pc, NULL, &func_addr, &func_end))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
CORE_ADDR prologue_end;
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-03 13:45:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* We don't even have minsym information, so fall back to using
|
|
|
|
|
func_start, if given. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (! func_start)
|
|
|
|
|
return 1; /* We *might* be in a prologue. */
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-03 13:45:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
prologue_end = SKIP_PROLOGUE (func_start);
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-03 13:45:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return func_start <= pc && pc < prologue_end;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-03 13:45:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* If we have line number information for the function, that's
|
|
|
|
|
usually pretty reliable. */
|
|
|
|
|
sal = find_pc_line (func_addr, 0);
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-03 13:45:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Now sal describes the source line at the function's entry point,
|
|
|
|
|
which (by convention) is the prologue. The end of that "line",
|
|
|
|
|
sal.end, is the end of the prologue.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note that, for functions whose source code is all on a single
|
|
|
|
|
line, the line number information doesn't always end up this way.
|
|
|
|
|
So we must verify that our purported end-of-prologue address is
|
|
|
|
|
*within* the function, not at its start or end. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (sal.line == 0
|
|
|
|
|
|| sal.end <= func_addr
|
|
|
|
|
|| func_end <= sal.end)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* We don't have any good line number info, so use the minsym
|
|
|
|
|
information, together with the architecture-specific prologue
|
|
|
|
|
scanning code. */
|
|
|
|
|
CORE_ADDR prologue_end = SKIP_PROLOGUE (func_addr);
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-03 13:45:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return func_addr <= pc && pc < prologue_end;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-03 13:45:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* We have line number info, and it looks good. */
|
|
|
|
|
return func_addr <= pc && pc < sal.end;
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Begin overload resolution functions */
|
|
|
|
|
/* Helper routine for make_symbol_completion_list. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int sym_return_val_size;
|
|
|
|
|
static int sym_return_val_index;
|
|
|
|
|
static struct symbol **sym_return_val;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Test to see if the symbol specified by SYMNAME (which is already
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
demangled for C++ symbols) matches SYM_TEXT in the first SYM_TEXT_LEN
|
|
|
|
|
characters. If so, add it to the current completion list. */
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
2000-07-30 01:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
overload_list_add_symbol (struct symbol *sym, char *oload_name)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int newsize;
|
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Get the demangled name without parameters */
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
char *sym_name = cplus_demangle (SYMBOL_NAME (sym), DMGL_ARM | DMGL_ANSI);
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (!sym_name)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
sym_name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (SYMBOL_NAME (sym)) + 1);
|
|
|
|
|
strcpy (sym_name, SYMBOL_NAME (sym));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* skip symbols that cannot match */
|
|
|
|
|
if (strcmp (sym_name, oload_name) != 0)
|
1999-10-19 02:47:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
2000-12-15 01:01:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
xfree (sym_name);
|
1999-10-19 02:47:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If there is no type information, we can't do anything, so skip */
|
|
|
|
|
if (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) == NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* skip any symbols that we've already considered. */
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < sym_return_val_index; ++i)
|
|
|
|
|
if (!strcmp (SYMBOL_NAME (sym), SYMBOL_NAME (sym_return_val[i])))
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* We have a match for an overload instance, so add SYM to the current list
|
|
|
|
|
* of overload instances */
|
|
|
|
|
if (sym_return_val_index + 3 > sym_return_val_size)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
newsize = (sym_return_val_size *= 2) * sizeof (struct symbol *);
|
|
|
|
|
sym_return_val = (struct symbol **) xrealloc ((char *) sym_return_val, newsize);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
sym_return_val[sym_return_val_index++] = sym;
|
|
|
|
|
sym_return_val[sym_return_val_index] = NULL;
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-12-15 01:01:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
xfree (sym_name);
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return a null-terminated list of pointers to function symbols that
|
|
|
|
|
* match name of the supplied symbol FSYM.
|
|
|
|
|
* This is used in finding all overloaded instances of a function name.
|
|
|
|
|
* This has been modified from make_symbol_completion_list. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct symbol **
|
2000-07-30 01:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
make_symbol_overload_list (struct symbol *fsym)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register struct symbol *sym;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct symtab *s;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct partial_symtab *ps;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct objfile *objfile;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct block *b, *surrounding_static_block = 0;
|
1999-09-09 00:02:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
register int i;
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* The name we are completing on. */
|
|
|
|
|
char *oload_name = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
/* Length of name. */
|
|
|
|
|
int oload_name_len = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Look for the symbol we are supposed to complete on.
|
|
|
|
|
* FIXME: This should be language-specific. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
oload_name = cplus_demangle (SYMBOL_NAME (fsym), DMGL_ARM | DMGL_ANSI);
|
|
|
|
|
if (!oload_name)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
oload_name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (SYMBOL_NAME (fsym)) + 1);
|
|
|
|
|
strcpy (oload_name, SYMBOL_NAME (fsym));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
oload_name_len = strlen (oload_name);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sym_return_val_size = 100;
|
|
|
|
|
sym_return_val_index = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
sym_return_val = (struct symbol **) xmalloc ((sym_return_val_size + 1) * sizeof (struct symbol *));
|
|
|
|
|
sym_return_val[0] = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Look through the partial symtabs for all symbols which begin
|
1999-10-19 02:47:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
by matching OLOAD_NAME. Make sure we read that symbol table in. */
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ALL_PSYMTABS (objfile, ps)
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1999-09-09 00:02:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
struct partial_symbol **psym;
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* If the psymtab's been read in we'll get it when we search
|
|
|
|
|
through the blockvector. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (ps->readin)
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (psym = objfile->global_psymbols.list + ps->globals_offset;
|
|
|
|
|
psym < (objfile->global_psymbols.list + ps->globals_offset
|
|
|
|
|
+ ps->n_global_syms);
|
|
|
|
|
psym++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* If interrupted, then quit. */
|
|
|
|
|
QUIT;
|
1999-10-19 02:47:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* This will cause the symbol table to be read if it has not yet been */
|
|
|
|
|
s = PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB (ps);
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (psym = objfile->static_psymbols.list + ps->statics_offset;
|
|
|
|
|
psym < (objfile->static_psymbols.list + ps->statics_offset
|
|
|
|
|
+ ps->n_static_syms);
|
|
|
|
|
psym++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
QUIT;
|
1999-10-19 02:47:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* This will cause the symbol table to be read if it has not yet been */
|
|
|
|
|
s = PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB (ps);
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Search upwards from currently selected frame (so that we can
|
|
|
|
|
complete on local vars. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
gdb/ChangeLog:
* stack.c (get_selected_block): Add new argument `addr_in_block',
used to return the exact code address we used to select the block,
not just the block.
* blockframe.c (get_frame_block, get_current_block): Same.
* frame.h (get_frame_block, get_current_block,
get_selected_block): Update declarations.
* linespec.c, stack.c, blockframe.c, breakpoint.c, findvar.c,
linespec.c, varobj.c, printcmd.c, symtab.c: Callers changed.
gdb/mi/ChangeLog:
* mi-cmd-stack.c (list_args_or_locals): Pass new arg to
get_frame_block. (See entry in gdb/ChangeLog.)
2002-04-05 22:04:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
for (b = get_selected_block (0); b != NULL; b = BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (b))
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (!BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (b))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
surrounding_static_block = b; /* For elimination of dups */
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Also catch fields of types defined in this places which match our
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
text string. Only complete on types visible from current context. */
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-10-12 23:51:30 +00:00
|
|
|
|
ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, i, sym)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
overload_list_add_symbol (sym, oload_name);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Go through the symtabs and check the externs and statics for
|
|
|
|
|
symbols which match. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
QUIT;
|
|
|
|
|
b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s), GLOBAL_BLOCK);
|
2001-10-12 23:51:30 +00:00
|
|
|
|
ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, i, sym)
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
overload_list_add_symbol (sym, oload_name);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
QUIT;
|
|
|
|
|
b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s), STATIC_BLOCK);
|
|
|
|
|
/* Don't do this block twice. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (b == surrounding_static_block)
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
2001-10-12 23:51:30 +00:00
|
|
|
|
ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, i, sym)
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
overload_list_add_symbol (sym, oload_name);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-12-15 01:01:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
xfree (oload_name);
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (sym_return_val);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* End of overload resolution functions */
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-11-10 23:02:56 +00:00
|
|
|
|
struct symtabs_and_lines
|
|
|
|
|
decode_line_spec (char *string, int funfirstline)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
|
|
|
|
|
if (string == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
error ("Empty line specification.");
|
|
|
|
|
sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
|
|
|
|
|
current_source_symtab, current_source_line,
|
|
|
|
|
(char ***) NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
if (*string)
|
|
|
|
|
error ("Junk at end of line specification: %s", string);
|
|
|
|
|
return sals;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-07-07 17:19:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Track MAIN */
|
|
|
|
|
static char *name_of_main;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
set_main_name (const char *name)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (name_of_main != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
xfree (name_of_main);
|
|
|
|
|
name_of_main = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (name != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
name_of_main = xstrdup (name);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
char *
|
|
|
|
|
main_name (void)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (name_of_main != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
return name_of_main;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
return "main";
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
void
|
2000-07-30 01:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
_initialize_symtab (void)
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
add_info ("variables", variables_info,
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
"All global and static variable names, or those matching REGEXP.");
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (dbx_commands)
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
add_com ("whereis", class_info, variables_info,
|
|
|
|
|
"All global and static variable names, or those matching REGEXP.");
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
add_info ("functions", functions_info,
|
|
|
|
|
"All function names, or those matching REGEXP.");
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-06-05 20:49:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* FIXME: This command has at least the following problems:
|
|
|
|
|
1. It prints builtin types (in a very strange and confusing fashion).
|
|
|
|
|
2. It doesn't print right, e.g. with
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
typedef struct foo *FOO
|
|
|
|
|
type_print prints "FOO" when we want to make it (in this situation)
|
|
|
|
|
print "struct foo *".
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
I also think "ptype" or "whatis" is more likely to be useful (but if
|
|
|
|
|
there is much disagreement "info types" can be fixed). */
|
|
|
|
|
add_info ("types", types_info,
|
|
|
|
|
"All type names, or those matching REGEXP.");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if 0
|
|
|
|
|
add_info ("methods", methods_info,
|
|
|
|
|
"All method names, or those matching REGEXP::REGEXP.\n\
|
|
|
|
|
If the class qualifier is omitted, it is assumed to be the current scope.\n\
|
|
|
|
|
If the first REGEXP is omitted, then all methods matching the second REGEXP\n\
|
|
|
|
|
are listed.");
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
add_info ("sources", sources_info,
|
|
|
|
|
"Source files in the program.");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
add_com ("rbreak", class_breakpoint, rbreak_command,
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
"Set a breakpoint for all functions matching REGEXP.");
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (xdb_commands)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
add_com ("lf", class_info, sources_info, "Source files in the program");
|
|
|
|
|
add_com ("lg", class_info, variables_info,
|
1999-07-07 20:19:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
"All global and static variable names, or those matching REGEXP.");
|
1999-04-16 01:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Initialize the one built-in type that isn't language dependent... */
|
|
|
|
|
builtin_type_error = init_type (TYPE_CODE_ERROR, 0, 0,
|
|
|
|
|
"<unknown type>", (struct objfile *) NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|